Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/term.c @ 53375:e085973399ee
(xml-get-attribute-or-nil): New function, like
xml-get-attribute, but returns nil if the attribute was not found.
(xml-get-attribute): Converted to defsubst, uses
xml-get-attribute-or-nil.
author | Eli Zaretskii <eliz@is.elta.co.il> |
---|---|
date | Mon, 29 Dec 2003 12:11:49 +0000 |
parents | 2036a4307b6c |
children | 4250e7e26247 24e19d7ffbff |
rev | line source |
---|---|
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
1 /* Terminal control module for terminals described by TERMCAP |
45548 | 2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 93, 94, 95, 98, 2000, 2001, 2002 |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
253 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
621 | 9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
253 | 10 any later version. |
11 | |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
14186
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14036
diff
changeset
|
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14036
diff
changeset
|
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
253 | 21 |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
22 /* New redisplay, TTY faces by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */ |
253 | 23 |
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7649
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <config.h> |
253 | 25 #include <stdio.h> |
26 #include <ctype.h> | |
25002 | 27 #include <string.h> |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39914
diff
changeset
|
28 |
253 | 29 #include "termchar.h" |
30 #include "termopts.h" | |
31 #include "lisp.h" | |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
32 #include "charset.h" |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
33 #include "coding.h" |
31102
6a0caa788013
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30848
diff
changeset
|
34 #include "keyboard.h" |
765 | 35 #include "frame.h" |
253 | 36 #include "disptab.h" |
37 #include "termhooks.h" | |
21514 | 38 #include "dispextern.h" |
25002 | 39 #include "window.h" |
39697
0b986bb45526
Include keymap.h.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
40 #include "keymap.h" |
25002 | 41 |
33672
a94852aef620
Don't try to include termcap.h; see comment there.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33006
diff
changeset
|
42 /* For now, don't try to include termcap.h. On some systems, |
a94852aef620
Don't try to include termcap.h; see comment there.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33006
diff
changeset
|
43 configure finds a non-standard termcap.h that the main build |
a94852aef620
Don't try to include termcap.h; see comment there.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33006
diff
changeset
|
44 won't find. */ |
a94852aef620
Don't try to include termcap.h; see comment there.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33006
diff
changeset
|
45 |
a94852aef620
Don't try to include termcap.h; see comment there.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33006
diff
changeset
|
46 #if defined HAVE_TERMCAP_H && 0 |
25727
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
47 #include <termcap.h> |
29929
bb7557f86f5b
[!HAVE_TERMCAP_H]: Declare tputs, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29462
diff
changeset
|
48 #else |
bb7557f86f5b
[!HAVE_TERMCAP_H]: Declare tputs, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29462
diff
changeset
|
49 extern void tputs P_ ((const char *, int, int (*)(int))); |
bb7557f86f5b
[!HAVE_TERMCAP_H]: Declare tputs, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29462
diff
changeset
|
50 extern int tgetent P_ ((char *, const char *)); |
bb7557f86f5b
[!HAVE_TERMCAP_H]: Declare tputs, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29462
diff
changeset
|
51 extern int tgetflag P_ ((char *id)); |
bb7557f86f5b
[!HAVE_TERMCAP_H]: Declare tputs, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29462
diff
changeset
|
52 extern int tgetnum P_ ((char *id)); |
25727
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
53 #endif |
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
54 |
21827
87c7f4bd99da
Include cm.h after dispextern.h to avoid name conflicts
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
21624
diff
changeset
|
55 #include "cm.h" |
21514 | 56 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
57 #include "xterm.h" | |
58 #endif | |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44372
diff
changeset
|
59 #ifdef MAC_OS |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
31829
diff
changeset
|
60 #include "macterm.h" |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
31829
diff
changeset
|
61 #endif |
8898 | 62 |
25002 | 63 static void turn_on_face P_ ((struct frame *, int face_id)); |
64 static void turn_off_face P_ ((struct frame *, int face_id)); | |
65 static void tty_show_cursor P_ ((void)); | |
66 static void tty_hide_cursor P_ ((void)); | |
67 | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
68 #define OUTPUT(a) \ |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
69 tputs (a, (int) (FRAME_LINES (XFRAME (selected_frame)) - curY), cmputc) |
253 | 70 #define OUTPUT1(a) tputs (a, 1, cmputc) |
71 #define OUTPUTL(a, lines) tputs (a, lines, cmputc) | |
25002 | 72 |
25727
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
73 #define OUTPUT_IF(a) \ |
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
74 do { \ |
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
75 if (a) \ |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
76 tputs (a, (int) (FRAME_LINES (XFRAME (selected_frame)) \ |
25727
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
77 - curY), cmputc); \ |
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
78 } while (0) |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
79 |
25727
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
80 #define OUTPUT1_IF(a) do { if (a) tputs (a, 1, cmputc); } while (0) |
253 | 81 |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
82 /* Function to use to ring the bell. */ |
25002 | 83 |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
84 Lisp_Object Vring_bell_function; |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
85 |
3591
507f64624555
Apply typo patches from Paul Eggert.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3489
diff
changeset
|
86 /* Terminal characteristics that higher levels want to look at. |
253 | 87 These are all extern'd in termchar.h */ |
88 | |
89 int must_write_spaces; /* Nonzero means spaces in the text | |
90 must actually be output; can't just skip | |
91 over some columns to leave them blank. */ | |
92 int min_padding_speed; /* Speed below which no padding necessary */ | |
93 | |
94 int line_ins_del_ok; /* Terminal can insert and delete lines */ | |
95 int char_ins_del_ok; /* Terminal can insert and delete chars */ | |
96 int scroll_region_ok; /* Terminal supports setting the | |
97 scroll window */ | |
10261
4fd304db9216
(scroll_region_cost): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10121
diff
changeset
|
98 int scroll_region_cost; /* Cost of setting a scroll window, |
4fd304db9216
(scroll_region_cost): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10121
diff
changeset
|
99 measured in characters */ |
765 | 100 int memory_below_frame; /* Terminal remembers lines |
253 | 101 scrolled off bottom */ |
102 int fast_clear_end_of_line; /* Terminal has a `ce' string */ | |
103 | |
765 | 104 /* Nonzero means no need to redraw the entire frame on resuming |
253 | 105 a suspended Emacs. This is useful on terminals with multiple pages, |
106 where one page is used for Emacs and another for all else. */ | |
25002 | 107 |
253 | 108 int no_redraw_on_reenter; |
109 | |
110 /* Hook functions that you can set to snap out the functions in this file. | |
111 These are all extern'd in termhooks.h */ | |
112 | |
21514 | 113 void (*cursor_to_hook) P_ ((int, int)); |
114 void (*raw_cursor_to_hook) P_ ((int, int)); | |
115 void (*clear_to_end_hook) P_ ((void)); | |
116 void (*clear_frame_hook) P_ ((void)); | |
117 void (*clear_end_of_line_hook) P_ ((int)); | |
253 | 118 |
21514 | 119 void (*ins_del_lines_hook) P_ ((int, int)); |
253 | 120 |
21514 | 121 void (*delete_glyphs_hook) P_ ((int)); |
253 | 122 |
21514 | 123 void (*ring_bell_hook) P_ ((void)); |
253 | 124 |
21514 | 125 void (*reset_terminal_modes_hook) P_ ((void)); |
126 void (*set_terminal_modes_hook) P_ ((void)); | |
127 void (*update_begin_hook) P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
128 void (*update_end_hook) P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
129 void (*set_terminal_window_hook) P_ ((int)); | |
25002 | 130 void (*insert_glyphs_hook) P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
131 void (*write_glyphs_hook) P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); | |
132 void (*delete_glyphs_hook) P_ ((int)); | |
253 | 133 |
21514 | 134 int (*read_socket_hook) P_ ((int, struct input_event *, int, int)); |
253 | 135 |
21514 | 136 void (*frame_up_to_date_hook) P_ ((struct frame *)); |
6652
a537d9d83e52
(frame_up_to_date_hook): Defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6250
diff
changeset
|
137 |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
138 /* Return the current position of the mouse. |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
139 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
140 Set *f to the frame the mouse is in, or zero if the mouse is in no |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
141 Emacs frame. If it is set to zero, all the other arguments are |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
142 garbage. |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
143 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
144 If the motion started in a scroll bar, set *bar_window to the |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
145 scroll bar's window, *part to the part the mouse is currently over, |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
146 *x to the position of the mouse along the scroll bar, and *y to the |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
147 overall length of the scroll bar. |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
148 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
149 Otherwise, set *bar_window to Qnil, and *x and *y to the column and |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
150 row of the character cell the mouse is over. |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
151 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
152 Set *time to the time the mouse was at the returned position. |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
153 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
154 This should clear mouse_moved until the next motion |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
155 event arrives. */ |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
156 |
21514 | 157 void (*mouse_position_hook) P_ ((FRAME_PTR *f, int insist, |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
158 Lisp_Object *bar_window, |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
159 enum scroll_bar_part *part, |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
160 Lisp_Object *x, |
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
161 Lisp_Object *y, |
21514 | 162 unsigned long *time)); |
253 | 163 |
765 | 164 /* When reading from a minibuffer in a different frame, Emacs wants |
25002 | 165 to shift the highlight from the selected frame to the mini-buffer's |
765 | 166 frame; under X, this means it lies about where the focus is. |
339 | 167 This hook tells the window system code to re-decide where to put |
168 the highlight. */ | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
169 |
21514 | 170 void (*frame_rehighlight_hook) P_ ((FRAME_PTR f)); |
339 | 171 |
1821
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
172 /* If we're displaying frames using a window system that can stack |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
173 frames on top of each other, this hook allows you to bring a frame |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
174 to the front, or bury it behind all the other windows. If this |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
175 hook is zero, that means the device we're displaying on doesn't |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
176 support overlapping frames, so there's no need to raise or lower |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
177 anything. |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
178 |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
179 If RAISE is non-zero, F is brought to the front, before all other |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
180 windows. If RAISE is zero, F is sent to the back, behind all other |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
181 windows. */ |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
182 |
21514 | 183 void (*frame_raise_lower_hook) P_ ((FRAME_PTR f, int raise)); |
1821
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
184 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
185 /* Set the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to have its upper left corner |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
186 at (TOP, LEFT), and be LENGTH rows high. Set its handle to |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
187 indicate that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
188 of WHOLE characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW doesn't yet |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
189 have a scroll bar, create one for it. */ |
25002 | 190 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
191 void (*set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook) |
21514 | 192 P_ ((struct window *window, |
193 int portion, int whole, int position)); | |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
194 |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
195 |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
196 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
197 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
198 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go |
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
199 away is a real pain - can you say set-window-configuration? |
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
200 Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay that *all* |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
201 scroll bars are to be removed, and then save scroll bars from the |
14036 | 202 fiery pit when we actually redisplay their window. */ |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
203 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
204 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
205 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
206 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
207 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
208 This should be applied to each frame each time its window tree is |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
209 redisplayed, even if it is not displaying scroll bars at the moment; |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
210 if the HAS_SCROLL_BARS flag has just been turned off, only calling |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
211 this and the judge_scroll_bars_hook will get rid of them. |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
212 |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
213 If non-zero, this hook should be safe to apply to any frame, |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
214 whether or not it can support scroll bars, and whether or not it is |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
215 currently displaying them. */ |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
216 |
21514 | 217 void (*condemn_scroll_bars_hook) P_ ((FRAME_PTR frame)); |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
218 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
219 /* Unmark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgement cycle. |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
220 Note that it's okay to redeem a scroll bar that is not condemned. */ |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
221 |
21514 | 222 void (*redeem_scroll_bar_hook) P_ ((struct window *window)); |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
223 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
224 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
225 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
226 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
227 This should be applied to each frame after each time its window |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
228 tree is redisplayed, even if it is not displaying scroll bars at the |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
229 moment; if the HAS_SCROLL_BARS flag has just been turned off, only |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
230 calling this and condemn_scroll_bars_hook will get rid of them. |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
231 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
232 If non-zero, this hook should be safe to apply to any frame, |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
233 whether or not it can support scroll bars, and whether or not it is |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
234 currently displaying them. */ |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
235 |
21514 | 236 void (*judge_scroll_bars_hook) P_ ((FRAME_PTR FRAME)); |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
237 |
253 | 238 /* Strings, numbers and flags taken from the termcap entry. */ |
239 | |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
240 char *TS_ins_line; /* "al" */ |
253 | 241 char *TS_ins_multi_lines; /* "AL" (one parameter, # lines to insert) */ |
242 char *TS_bell; /* "bl" */ | |
243 char *TS_clr_to_bottom; /* "cd" */ | |
244 char *TS_clr_line; /* "ce", clear to end of line */ | |
765 | 245 char *TS_clr_frame; /* "cl" */ |
253 | 246 char *TS_set_scroll_region; /* "cs" (2 params, first line and last line) */ |
247 char *TS_set_scroll_region_1; /* "cS" (4 params: total lines, | |
248 lines above scroll region, lines below it, | |
249 total lines again) */ | |
250 char *TS_del_char; /* "dc" */ | |
251 char *TS_del_multi_chars; /* "DC" (one parameter, # chars to delete) */ | |
252 char *TS_del_line; /* "dl" */ | |
253 char *TS_del_multi_lines; /* "DL" (one parameter, # lines to delete) */ | |
254 char *TS_delete_mode; /* "dm", enter character-delete mode */ | |
255 char *TS_end_delete_mode; /* "ed", leave character-delete mode */ | |
256 char *TS_end_insert_mode; /* "ei", leave character-insert mode */ | |
257 char *TS_ins_char; /* "ic" */ | |
258 char *TS_ins_multi_chars; /* "IC" (one parameter, # chars to insert) */ | |
259 char *TS_insert_mode; /* "im", enter character-insert mode */ | |
260 char *TS_pad_inserted_char; /* "ip". Just padding, no commands. */ | |
261 char *TS_end_keypad_mode; /* "ke" */ | |
262 char *TS_keypad_mode; /* "ks" */ | |
263 char *TS_pad_char; /* "pc", char to use as padding */ | |
264 char *TS_repeat; /* "rp" (2 params, # times to repeat | |
265 and character to be repeated) */ | |
266 char *TS_end_standout_mode; /* "se" */ | |
267 char *TS_fwd_scroll; /* "sf" */ | |
268 char *TS_standout_mode; /* "so" */ | |
269 char *TS_rev_scroll; /* "sr" */ | |
270 char *TS_end_termcap_modes; /* "te" */ | |
271 char *TS_termcap_modes; /* "ti" */ | |
272 char *TS_visible_bell; /* "vb" */ | |
25002 | 273 char *TS_cursor_normal; /* "ve" */ |
274 char *TS_cursor_visible; /* "vs" */ | |
275 char *TS_cursor_invisible; /* "vi" */ | |
253 | 276 char *TS_set_window; /* "wi" (4 params, start and end of window, |
277 each as vpos and hpos) */ | |
278 | |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
279 /* Value of the "NC" (no_color_video) capability, or 0 if not |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
280 present. */ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
281 |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
282 static int TN_no_color_video; |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
283 |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
284 /* Meaning of bits in no_color_video. Each bit set means that the |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
285 corresponding attribute cannot be combined with colors. */ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
286 |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
287 enum no_color_bit |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
288 { |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
289 NC_STANDOUT = 1 << 0, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
290 NC_UNDERLINE = 1 << 1, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
291 NC_REVERSE = 1 << 2, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
292 NC_BLINK = 1 << 3, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
293 NC_DIM = 1 << 4, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
294 NC_BOLD = 1 << 5, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
295 NC_INVIS = 1 << 6, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
296 NC_PROTECT = 1 << 7, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
297 NC_ALT_CHARSET = 1 << 8 |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
298 }; |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
299 |
25002 | 300 /* "md" -- turn on bold (extra bright mode). */ |
301 | |
302 char *TS_enter_bold_mode; | |
303 | |
304 /* "mh" -- turn on half-bright mode. */ | |
305 | |
306 char *TS_enter_dim_mode; | |
307 | |
308 /* "mb" -- enter blinking mode. */ | |
309 | |
310 char *TS_enter_blink_mode; | |
311 | |
312 /* "mr" -- enter reverse video mode. */ | |
313 | |
314 char *TS_enter_reverse_mode; | |
315 | |
316 /* "us"/"ue" -- start/end underlining. */ | |
317 | |
318 char *TS_exit_underline_mode, *TS_enter_underline_mode; | |
319 | |
320 /* "as"/"ae" -- start/end alternate character set. Not really | |
321 supported, yet. */ | |
322 | |
323 char *TS_enter_alt_charset_mode, *TS_exit_alt_charset_mode; | |
324 | |
325 /* "me" -- switch appearances off. */ | |
326 | |
327 char *TS_exit_attribute_mode; | |
328 | |
329 /* "Co" -- number of colors. */ | |
330 | |
331 int TN_max_colors; | |
332 | |
333 /* "pa" -- max. number of color pairs on screen. Not handled yet. | |
334 Could be a problem if not equal to TN_max_colors * TN_max_colors. */ | |
335 | |
336 int TN_max_pairs; | |
337 | |
338 /* "op" -- SVr4 set default pair to its original value. */ | |
339 | |
340 char *TS_orig_pair; | |
341 | |
342 /* "AF"/"AB" or "Sf"/"Sb"-- set ANSI or SVr4 foreground/background color. | |
343 1 param, the color index. */ | |
344 | |
345 char *TS_set_foreground, *TS_set_background; | |
346 | |
253 | 347 int TF_hazeltine; /* termcap hz flag. */ |
348 int TF_insmode_motion; /* termcap mi flag: can move while in insert mode. */ | |
349 int TF_standout_motion; /* termcap mi flag: can move while in standout mode. */ | |
25002 | 350 int TF_underscore; /* termcap ul flag: _ underlines if over-struck on |
351 non-blank position. Must clear before writing _. */ | |
253 | 352 int TF_teleray; /* termcap xt flag: many weird consequences. |
353 For t1061. */ | |
354 | |
355 static int RPov; /* # chars to start a TS_repeat */ | |
356 | |
357 static int delete_in_insert_mode; /* delete mode == insert mode */ | |
358 | |
359 static int se_is_so; /* 1 if same string both enters and leaves | |
360 standout mode */ | |
361 | |
362 /* internal state */ | |
363 | |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
364 /* The largest frame width in any call to calculate_costs. */ |
25002 | 365 |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
366 int max_frame_cols; |
25002 | 367 |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
368 /* The largest frame height in any call to calculate_costs. */ |
25002 | 369 |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
370 int max_frame_lines; |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
371 |
46114
aec8f44db426
term.c (costs_set): Declare static, non-initialized for pcc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
45548
diff
changeset
|
372 static int costs_set; /* Nonzero if costs have been calculated. */ |
253 | 373 |
374 int insert_mode; /* Nonzero when in insert mode. */ | |
375 int standout_mode; /* Nonzero when in standout mode. */ | |
376 | |
377 /* Size of window specified by higher levels. | |
765 | 378 This is the number of lines, from the top of frame downwards, |
253 | 379 which can participate in insert-line/delete-line operations. |
380 | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
381 Effectively it excludes the bottom frame_lines - specified_window_size |
253 | 382 lines from those operations. */ |
383 | |
384 int specified_window; | |
385 | |
765 | 386 /* Frame currently being redisplayed; 0 if not currently redisplaying. |
253 | 387 (Direct output does not count). */ |
388 | |
765 | 389 FRAME_PTR updating_frame; |
253 | 390 |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
391 /* Provided for lisp packages. */ |
25002 | 392 |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
393 static int system_uses_terminfo; |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
394 |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
395 /* Flag used in tty_show/hide_cursor. */ |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
396 |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
397 static int tty_cursor_hidden; |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
398 |
253 | 399 char *tparam (); |
8612
86065bec6fc9
(term_init): Added missing argument to tgetstr.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8027
diff
changeset
|
400 |
86065bec6fc9
(term_init): Added missing argument to tgetstr.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8027
diff
changeset
|
401 extern char *tgetstr (); |
253 | 402 |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
403 |
35448
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
404 #ifdef WINDOWSNT |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
405 /* We aren't X windows, but we aren't termcap either. This makes me |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
406 uncertain as to what value to use for frame.output_method. For |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
407 this file, we'll define FRAME_TERMCAP_P to be zero so that our |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
408 output hooks get called instead of the termcap functions. Probably |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
409 the best long-term solution is to define an output_windows_nt... */ |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
410 |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
411 #undef FRAME_TERMCAP_P |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
412 #define FRAME_TERMCAP_P(_f_) 0 |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
413 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */ |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
414 |
21514 | 415 void |
253 | 416 ring_bell () |
417 { | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
418 if (!NILP (Vring_bell_function)) |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
419 { |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
420 Lisp_Object function; |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
421 |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
422 /* Temporarily set the global variable to nil |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
423 so that if we get an error, it stays nil |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
424 and we don't call it over and over. |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
425 |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
426 We don't specbind it, because that would carefully |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
427 restore the bad value if there's an error |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
428 and make the loop of errors happen anyway. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
429 |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
430 function = Vring_bell_function; |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
431 Vring_bell_function = Qnil; |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
432 |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
433 call0 (function); |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
434 |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
435 Vring_bell_function = function; |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
436 } |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
437 else if (!FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (selected_frame))) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
438 (*ring_bell_hook) (); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
439 else |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
440 OUTPUT (TS_visible_bell && visible_bell ? TS_visible_bell : TS_bell); |
253 | 441 } |
442 | |
21514 | 443 void |
253 | 444 set_terminal_modes () |
445 { | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
446 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (selected_frame))) |
253 | 447 { |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
448 OUTPUT_IF (TS_termcap_modes); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
449 OUTPUT_IF (TS_cursor_visible); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
450 OUTPUT_IF (TS_keypad_mode); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
451 losecursor (); |
253 | 452 } |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
453 else |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
454 (*set_terminal_modes_hook) (); |
253 | 455 } |
456 | |
21514 | 457 void |
253 | 458 reset_terminal_modes () |
459 { | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
460 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (selected_frame))) |
253 | 461 { |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
462 turn_off_highlight (); |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
463 turn_off_insert (); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
464 OUTPUT_IF (TS_end_keypad_mode); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
465 OUTPUT_IF (TS_cursor_normal); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
466 OUTPUT_IF (TS_end_termcap_modes); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
467 OUTPUT_IF (TS_orig_pair); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
468 /* Output raw CR so kernel can track the cursor hpos. */ |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
469 cmputc ('\r'); |
253 | 470 } |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
471 else if (reset_terminal_modes_hook) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
472 (*reset_terminal_modes_hook) (); |
253 | 473 } |
474 | |
21514 | 475 void |
765 | 476 update_begin (f) |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
477 struct frame *f; |
253 | 478 { |
765 | 479 updating_frame = f; |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
480 if (!FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
481 update_begin_hook (f); |
253 | 482 } |
483 | |
21514 | 484 void |
765 | 485 update_end (f) |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
486 struct frame *f; |
253 | 487 { |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
488 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
253 | 489 { |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
490 if (!XWINDOW (selected_window)->cursor_off_p) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
491 tty_show_cursor (); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
492 turn_off_insert (); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
493 background_highlight (); |
253 | 494 } |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
495 else |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
496 update_end_hook (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
497 |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
498 updating_frame = NULL; |
253 | 499 } |
500 | |
21514 | 501 void |
253 | 502 set_terminal_window (size) |
503 int size; | |
504 { | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
505 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (updating_frame)) |
253 | 506 { |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
507 specified_window = size ? size : FRAME_LINES (updating_frame); |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
508 if (scroll_region_ok) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
509 set_scroll_region (0, specified_window); |
253 | 510 } |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
511 else |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
512 set_terminal_window_hook (size); |
253 | 513 } |
514 | |
21514 | 515 void |
253 | 516 set_scroll_region (start, stop) |
517 int start, stop; | |
518 { | |
519 char *buf; | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
520 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
521 |
253 | 522 if (TS_set_scroll_region) |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
523 buf = tparam (TS_set_scroll_region, 0, 0, start, stop - 1); |
253 | 524 else if (TS_set_scroll_region_1) |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
525 buf = tparam (TS_set_scroll_region_1, 0, 0, |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
526 FRAME_LINES (sf), start, |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
527 FRAME_LINES (sf) - stop, |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
528 FRAME_LINES (sf)); |
253 | 529 else |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
530 buf = tparam (TS_set_window, 0, 0, start, 0, stop, FRAME_COLS (sf)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
531 |
253 | 532 OUTPUT (buf); |
2439
b6c62e4abf59
Put interrupt input blocking in a separate file from xterm.h.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2243
diff
changeset
|
533 xfree (buf); |
253 | 534 losecursor (); |
535 } | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
536 |
253 | 537 |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
538 static void |
253 | 539 turn_on_insert () |
540 { | |
541 if (!insert_mode) | |
542 OUTPUT (TS_insert_mode); | |
543 insert_mode = 1; | |
544 } | |
545 | |
21514 | 546 void |
253 | 547 turn_off_insert () |
548 { | |
549 if (insert_mode) | |
550 OUTPUT (TS_end_insert_mode); | |
551 insert_mode = 0; | |
552 } | |
553 | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
554 /* Handle highlighting. */ |
253 | 555 |
21514 | 556 void |
253 | 557 turn_off_highlight () |
558 { | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
559 if (standout_mode) |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
560 OUTPUT_IF (TS_end_standout_mode); |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
561 standout_mode = 0; |
253 | 562 } |
563 | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
564 static void |
253 | 565 turn_on_highlight () |
566 { | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
567 if (!standout_mode) |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
568 OUTPUT_IF (TS_standout_mode); |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
569 standout_mode = 1; |
253 | 570 } |
571 | |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
572 static void |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
573 toggle_highlight () |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
574 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
575 if (standout_mode) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
576 turn_off_highlight (); |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
577 else |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
578 turn_on_highlight (); |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
579 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
580 |
25002 | 581 |
582 /* Make cursor invisible. */ | |
583 | |
584 static void | |
585 tty_hide_cursor () | |
586 { | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
587 if (tty_cursor_hidden == 0) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
588 { |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
589 tty_cursor_hidden = 1; |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
590 OUTPUT_IF (TS_cursor_invisible); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
591 } |
25002 | 592 } |
593 | |
594 | |
595 /* Ensure that cursor is visible. */ | |
596 | |
597 static void | |
598 tty_show_cursor () | |
599 { | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
600 if (tty_cursor_hidden) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
601 { |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
602 tty_cursor_hidden = 0; |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
603 OUTPUT_IF (TS_cursor_normal); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
604 OUTPUT_IF (TS_cursor_visible); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
605 } |
25002 | 606 } |
607 | |
608 | |
253 | 609 /* Set standout mode to the state it should be in for |
610 empty space inside windows. What this is, | |
611 depends on the user option inverse-video. */ | |
612 | |
21514 | 613 void |
253 | 614 background_highlight () |
615 { | |
616 if (inverse_video) | |
617 turn_on_highlight (); | |
618 else | |
619 turn_off_highlight (); | |
620 } | |
621 | |
622 /* Set standout mode to the mode specified for the text to be output. */ | |
623 | |
21514 | 624 static void |
253 | 625 highlight_if_desired () |
626 { | |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
627 if (inverse_video) |
253 | 628 turn_on_highlight (); |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
629 else |
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
630 turn_off_highlight (); |
253 | 631 } |
632 | |
633 | |
25002 | 634 /* Move cursor to row/column position VPOS/HPOS. HPOS/VPOS are |
635 frame-relative coordinates. */ | |
253 | 636 |
21514 | 637 void |
25002 | 638 cursor_to (vpos, hpos) |
639 int vpos, hpos; | |
253 | 640 { |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
641 struct frame *f = updating_frame ? updating_frame : XFRAME (selected_frame); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
642 |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
643 if (! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && cursor_to_hook) |
253 | 644 { |
25002 | 645 (*cursor_to_hook) (vpos, hpos); |
253 | 646 return; |
647 } | |
648 | |
12071
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
649 /* Detect the case where we are called from reset_sys_modes |
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
650 and the costs have never been calculated. Do nothing. */ |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
651 if (! costs_set) |
12071
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
652 return; |
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
653 |
25002 | 654 if (curY == vpos && curX == hpos) |
253 | 655 return; |
656 if (!TF_standout_motion) | |
657 background_highlight (); | |
658 if (!TF_insmode_motion) | |
659 turn_off_insert (); | |
25002 | 660 cmgoto (vpos, hpos); |
253 | 661 } |
662 | |
663 /* Similar but don't take any account of the wasted characters. */ | |
664 | |
21514 | 665 void |
253 | 666 raw_cursor_to (row, col) |
621 | 667 int row, col; |
253 | 668 { |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
669 struct frame *f = updating_frame ? updating_frame : XFRAME (selected_frame); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
670 if (! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
253 | 671 { |
672 (*raw_cursor_to_hook) (row, col); | |
673 return; | |
674 } | |
675 if (curY == row && curX == col) | |
676 return; | |
677 if (!TF_standout_motion) | |
678 background_highlight (); | |
679 if (!TF_insmode_motion) | |
680 turn_off_insert (); | |
681 cmgoto (row, col); | |
682 } | |
683 | |
684 /* Erase operations */ | |
685 | |
765 | 686 /* clear from cursor to end of frame */ |
21514 | 687 void |
253 | 688 clear_to_end () |
689 { | |
690 register int i; | |
691 | |
8806
2d3bfce2e1f0
(clear_to_end): Fix reversed condition.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8612
diff
changeset
|
692 if (clear_to_end_hook && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (updating_frame)) |
253 | 693 { |
694 (*clear_to_end_hook) (); | |
695 return; | |
696 } | |
697 if (TS_clr_to_bottom) | |
698 { | |
699 background_highlight (); | |
700 OUTPUT (TS_clr_to_bottom); | |
701 } | |
702 else | |
703 { | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
704 for (i = curY; i < FRAME_LINES (XFRAME (selected_frame)); i++) |
253 | 705 { |
706 cursor_to (i, 0); | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
707 clear_end_of_line (FRAME_COLS (XFRAME (selected_frame))); |
253 | 708 } |
709 } | |
710 } | |
711 | |
765 | 712 /* Clear entire frame */ |
253 | 713 |
21514 | 714 void |
765 | 715 clear_frame () |
253 | 716 { |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
717 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
718 |
765 | 719 if (clear_frame_hook |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
720 && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P ((updating_frame ? updating_frame : sf))) |
253 | 721 { |
765 | 722 (*clear_frame_hook) (); |
253 | 723 return; |
724 } | |
765 | 725 if (TS_clr_frame) |
253 | 726 { |
727 background_highlight (); | |
765 | 728 OUTPUT (TS_clr_frame); |
253 | 729 cmat (0, 0); |
730 } | |
731 else | |
732 { | |
733 cursor_to (0, 0); | |
734 clear_to_end (); | |
735 } | |
736 } | |
737 | |
738 /* Clear from cursor to end of line. | |
739 Assume that the line is already clear starting at column first_unused_hpos. | |
740 | |
741 Note that the cursor may be moved, on terminals lacking a `ce' string. */ | |
742 | |
21514 | 743 void |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
744 clear_end_of_line (first_unused_hpos) |
253 | 745 int first_unused_hpos; |
746 { | |
747 register int i; | |
748 | |
749 if (clear_end_of_line_hook | |
969
16649ee21625
* term.c (FRAME_IS_TERMCAP, FRAME_IS_X, FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF):
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
797
diff
changeset
|
750 && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P ((updating_frame |
765 | 751 ? updating_frame |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
752 : XFRAME (selected_frame)))) |
253 | 753 { |
754 (*clear_end_of_line_hook) (first_unused_hpos); | |
755 return; | |
756 } | |
757 | |
12071
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
758 /* Detect the case where we are called from reset_sys_modes |
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
759 and the costs have never been calculated. Do nothing. */ |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
760 if (! costs_set) |
12071
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
761 return; |
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
762 |
253 | 763 if (curX >= first_unused_hpos) |
764 return; | |
765 background_highlight (); | |
766 if (TS_clr_line) | |
767 { | |
768 OUTPUT1 (TS_clr_line); | |
769 } | |
770 else | |
771 { /* have to do it the hard way */ | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
772 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
253 | 773 turn_off_insert (); |
774 | |
25002 | 775 /* Do not write in last row last col with Auto-wrap on. */ |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
776 if (AutoWrap && curY == FRAME_LINES (sf) - 1 |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
777 && first_unused_hpos == FRAME_COLS (sf)) |
253 | 778 first_unused_hpos--; |
779 | |
780 for (i = curX; i < first_unused_hpos; i++) | |
781 { | |
782 if (termscript) | |
783 fputc (' ', termscript); | |
784 putchar (' '); | |
785 } | |
786 cmplus (first_unused_hpos - curX); | |
787 } | |
788 } | |
789 | |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
790 /* Encode SRC_LEN glyphs starting at SRC to terminal output codes and |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
791 store them at DST. Do not write more than DST_LEN bytes. That may |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
792 require stopping before all SRC_LEN input glyphs have been |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
793 converted. |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
794 |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
795 We store the number of glyphs actually converted in *CONSUMED. The |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
796 return value is the number of bytes store in DST. */ |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
797 |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
798 int |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
799 encode_terminal_code (src, dst, src_len, dst_len, consumed) |
25002 | 800 struct glyph *src; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
801 int src_len; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
802 unsigned char *dst; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
803 int dst_len, *consumed; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
804 { |
25002 | 805 struct glyph *src_start = src, *src_end = src + src_len; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
806 unsigned char *dst_start = dst, *dst_end = dst + dst_len; |
17180
364327df6e7c
(encode_terminal_code): Check validity of character code.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
17046
diff
changeset
|
807 register GLYPH g; |
46559
96e8fdfd951d
(encode_terminal_code): Buffer pointer now const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46114
diff
changeset
|
808 unsigned char workbuf[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH]; |
96e8fdfd951d
(encode_terminal_code): Buffer pointer now const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46114
diff
changeset
|
809 const unsigned char *buf; |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
810 int len; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
811 register int tlen = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
812 register Lisp_Object *tbase = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; |
24263
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
813 int result; |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
814 struct coding_system *coding; |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
815 |
29448
348aa1a6a062
(encode_terminal_code): Change the way to check if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29263
diff
changeset
|
816 /* If terminal_coding does any conversion, use it, otherwise use |
348aa1a6a062
(encode_terminal_code): Change the way to check if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29263
diff
changeset
|
817 safe_terminal_coding. We can't use CODING_REQUIRE_ENCODING here |
348aa1a6a062
(encode_terminal_code): Change the way to check if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29263
diff
changeset
|
818 because it always return 1 if the member src_multibyte is 1. */ |
348aa1a6a062
(encode_terminal_code): Change the way to check if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29263
diff
changeset
|
819 coding = (terminal_coding.common_flags & CODING_REQUIRE_ENCODING_MASK |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
820 ? &terminal_coding |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
821 : &safe_terminal_coding); |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
822 |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
823 while (src < src_end) |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
824 { |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
825 /* We must skip glyphs to be padded for a wide character. */ |
25002 | 826 if (! CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*src)) |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
827 { |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
828 g = GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (src[0]); |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
829 |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
830 if (g < 0 || g >= tlen) |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
831 { |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
832 /* This glyph doesn't has an entry in Vglyph_table. */ |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
833 if (! CHAR_VALID_P (src->u.ch, 0)) |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
834 { |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
835 len = 1; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
836 buf = " "; |
29097
8b0db3f5a010
(encode_terminal_code): Set coding->src_multibyte properly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29019
diff
changeset
|
837 coding->src_multibyte = 0; |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
838 } |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
839 else |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
840 { |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
841 len = CHAR_STRING (src->u.ch, workbuf); |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
842 buf = workbuf; |
29097
8b0db3f5a010
(encode_terminal_code): Set coding->src_multibyte properly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29019
diff
changeset
|
843 coding->src_multibyte = 1; |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
844 } |
26871
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
845 } |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
846 else |
19035 | 847 { |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
848 /* This glyph has an entry in Vglyph_table, |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
849 so process any alias before testing for simpleness. */ |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
850 GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g); |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
851 |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
852 if (GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (tbase, tlen, g)) |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
853 { |
27128
5cd86a04d3ef
(encode_terminal_code): Fix the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
27087
diff
changeset
|
854 /* We set the multi-byte form of a character in G |
5cd86a04d3ef
(encode_terminal_code): Fix the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
27087
diff
changeset
|
855 (that should be an ASCII character) at |
5cd86a04d3ef
(encode_terminal_code): Fix the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
27087
diff
changeset
|
856 WORKBUF. */ |
5cd86a04d3ef
(encode_terminal_code): Fix the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
27087
diff
changeset
|
857 workbuf[0] = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g); |
5cd86a04d3ef
(encode_terminal_code): Fix the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
27087
diff
changeset
|
858 len = 1; |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
859 buf = workbuf; |
29097
8b0db3f5a010
(encode_terminal_code): Set coding->src_multibyte properly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29019
diff
changeset
|
860 coding->src_multibyte = 0; |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
861 } |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
862 else |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
863 { |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
864 /* We have a string in Vglyph_table. */ |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
865 len = GLYPH_LENGTH (tbase, g); |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
866 buf = GLYPH_STRING (tbase, g); |
29097
8b0db3f5a010
(encode_terminal_code): Set coding->src_multibyte properly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29019
diff
changeset
|
867 coding->src_multibyte = STRING_MULTIBYTE (tbase[g]); |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
868 } |
19035 | 869 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
870 |
24263
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
871 result = encode_coding (coding, buf, dst, len, dst_end - dst); |
23338
0a2b76b09162
(encode_terminal_code): Handle raw 8-bit codes correctly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23066
diff
changeset
|
872 len -= coding->consumed; |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
873 dst += coding->produced; |
24263
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
874 if (result == CODING_FINISH_INSUFFICIENT_DST |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
875 || (result == CODING_FINISH_INSUFFICIENT_SRC |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
876 && len > dst_end - dst)) |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
877 /* The remaining output buffer is too short. We must |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
878 break the loop here without increasing SRC so that the |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
879 next call of this function starts from the same glyph. */ |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
880 break; |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
881 |
23338
0a2b76b09162
(encode_terminal_code): Handle raw 8-bit codes correctly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23066
diff
changeset
|
882 if (len > 0) |
0a2b76b09162
(encode_terminal_code): Handle raw 8-bit codes correctly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23066
diff
changeset
|
883 { |
24263
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
884 /* This is the case that a code of the range 0200..0237 |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
885 exists in buf. We must just write out such a code. */ |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
886 buf += coding->consumed; |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
887 while (len--) |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
888 *dst++ = *buf++; |
23338
0a2b76b09162
(encode_terminal_code): Handle raw 8-bit codes correctly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23066
diff
changeset
|
889 } |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
890 } |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
891 src++; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
892 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
893 |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
894 *consumed = src - src_start; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
895 return (dst - dst_start); |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
896 } |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
897 |
253 | 898 |
21514 | 899 void |
253 | 900 write_glyphs (string, len) |
25002 | 901 register struct glyph *string; |
253 | 902 register int len; |
903 { | |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
904 int produced, consumed; |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
905 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
906 struct frame *f = updating_frame ? updating_frame : sf; |
30836
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
907 unsigned char conversion_buffer[1024]; |
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
908 int conversion_buffer_size = sizeof conversion_buffer; |
253 | 909 |
910 if (write_glyphs_hook | |
25002 | 911 && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
253 | 912 { |
913 (*write_glyphs_hook) (string, len); | |
914 return; | |
915 } | |
916 | |
917 turn_off_insert (); | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
918 tty_hide_cursor (); |
253 | 919 |
25002 | 920 /* Don't dare write in last column of bottom line, if Auto-Wrap, |
765 | 921 since that would scroll the whole frame on some terminals. */ |
253 | 922 |
923 if (AutoWrap | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
924 && curY + 1 == FRAME_LINES (sf) |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
925 && (curX + len) == FRAME_COLS (sf)) |
253 | 926 len --; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
927 if (len <= 0) |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
928 return; |
253 | 929 |
930 cmplus (len); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
931 |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
932 /* The mode bit CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK should be set to 1 only at |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
933 the tail. */ |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
934 terminal_coding.mode &= ~CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
935 |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
936 while (len > 0) |
253 | 937 { |
25002 | 938 /* Identify a run of glyphs with the same face. */ |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
939 int face_id = string->face_id; |
25002 | 940 int n; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
941 |
25002 | 942 for (n = 1; n < len; ++n) |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
943 if (string[n].face_id != face_id) |
25002 | 944 break; |
945 | |
946 /* Turn appearance modes of the face of the run on. */ | |
30821
593b589de709
(turn_off_face): Reset standout_mode when resetting
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29929
diff
changeset
|
947 highlight_if_desired (); |
25002 | 948 turn_on_face (f, face_id); |
949 | |
950 while (n > 0) | |
253 | 951 { |
30836
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
952 /* We use a fixed size (1024 bytes) of conversion buffer. |
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
953 Usually it is sufficient, but if not, we just repeat the |
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
954 loop. */ |
25002 | 955 produced = encode_terminal_code (string, conversion_buffer, |
956 n, conversion_buffer_size, | |
957 &consumed); | |
958 if (produced > 0) | |
959 { | |
960 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, produced, stdout); | |
961 if (ferror (stdout)) | |
962 clearerr (stdout); | |
963 if (termscript) | |
964 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, produced, termscript); | |
965 } | |
966 len -= consumed; | |
967 n -= consumed; | |
968 string += consumed; | |
253 | 969 } |
25002 | 970 |
971 /* Turn appearance modes off. */ | |
972 turn_off_face (f, face_id); | |
30848
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
973 turn_off_highlight (); |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
974 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
975 |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
976 /* We may have to output some codes to terminate the writing. */ |
20223
1e30a8b4ff3f
(encode_terminal_code): Use new macros defined in
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
19385
diff
changeset
|
977 if (CODING_REQUIRE_FLUSHING (&terminal_coding)) |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
978 { |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
979 terminal_coding.mode |= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK; |
23066
d40f9a8d7779
(write_glyphs): When terminal_coding require flushing,
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
21827
diff
changeset
|
980 encode_coding (&terminal_coding, "", conversion_buffer, |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
981 0, conversion_buffer_size); |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
982 if (terminal_coding.produced > 0) |
19277
7ea957cd48e2
(encode_terminal_code): Use safe_terminal_coding if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
19035
diff
changeset
|
983 { |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
984 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, terminal_coding.produced, stdout); |
19277
7ea957cd48e2
(encode_terminal_code): Use safe_terminal_coding if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
19035
diff
changeset
|
985 if (ferror (stdout)) |
7ea957cd48e2
(encode_terminal_code): Use safe_terminal_coding if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
19035
diff
changeset
|
986 clearerr (stdout); |
7ea957cd48e2
(encode_terminal_code): Use safe_terminal_coding if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
19035
diff
changeset
|
987 if (termscript) |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
988 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, terminal_coding.produced, |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
989 termscript); |
19277
7ea957cd48e2
(encode_terminal_code): Use safe_terminal_coding if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
19035
diff
changeset
|
990 } |
253 | 991 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
992 |
10439
1fcbeb4410f6
(write_glyphs, insert_glyphs): Call checkmagic.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10332
diff
changeset
|
993 cmcheckmagic (); |
253 | 994 } |
995 | |
996 /* If start is zero, insert blanks instead of a string at start */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
997 |
21514 | 998 void |
253 | 999 insert_glyphs (start, len) |
25002 | 1000 register struct glyph *start; |
253 | 1001 register int len; |
1002 { | |
1003 char *buf; | |
31829
43566b0aec59
Avoid some more compiler warnings.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31102
diff
changeset
|
1004 struct glyph *glyph = NULL; |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1005 struct frame *f, *sf; |
253 | 1006 |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1007 if (len <= 0) |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1008 return; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1009 |
25002 | 1010 if (insert_glyphs_hook) |
253 | 1011 { |
1012 (*insert_glyphs_hook) (start, len); | |
1013 return; | |
1014 } | |
25002 | 1015 |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1016 sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1017 f = updating_frame ? updating_frame : sf; |
253 | 1018 |
1019 if (TS_ins_multi_chars) | |
1020 { | |
1021 buf = tparam (TS_ins_multi_chars, 0, 0, len); | |
1022 OUTPUT1 (buf); | |
2439
b6c62e4abf59
Put interrupt input blocking in a separate file from xterm.h.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2243
diff
changeset
|
1023 xfree (buf); |
253 | 1024 if (start) |
1025 write_glyphs (start, len); | |
1026 return; | |
1027 } | |
1028 | |
1029 turn_on_insert (); | |
1030 cmplus (len); | |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
1031 /* The bit CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK should be set to 1 only at the tail. */ |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
1032 terminal_coding.mode &= ~CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK; |
17191
36caec9c2e52
(insert_glyphs): Fix a bug which turns up when
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
17180
diff
changeset
|
1033 while (len-- > 0) |
253 | 1034 { |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1035 int produced, consumed; |
30836
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
1036 unsigned char conversion_buffer[1024]; |
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
1037 int conversion_buffer_size = sizeof conversion_buffer; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1038 |
253 | 1039 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_ins_char); |
1040 if (!start) | |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1041 { |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1042 conversion_buffer[0] = SPACEGLYPH; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1043 produced = 1; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1044 } |
253 | 1045 else |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1046 { |
30848
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1047 highlight_if_desired (); |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1048 turn_on_face (f, start->face_id); |
27085
59913a531d4e
(insert_glyphs): Pass glyph, not &glyph, to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26999
diff
changeset
|
1049 glyph = start; |
25002 | 1050 ++start; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1051 /* We must open sufficient space for a character which |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1052 occupies more than one column. */ |
25002 | 1053 while (len && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*start)) |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1054 { |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1055 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_ins_char); |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1056 start++, len--; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1057 } |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1058 |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1059 if (len <= 0) |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1060 /* This is the last glyph. */ |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1061 terminal_coding.mode |= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1062 |
30836
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
1063 /* The size of conversion buffer (1024 bytes) is surely |
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
1064 sufficient for just one glyph. */ |
27085
59913a531d4e
(insert_glyphs): Pass glyph, not &glyph, to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26999
diff
changeset
|
1065 produced = encode_terminal_code (glyph, conversion_buffer, 1, |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1066 conversion_buffer_size, &consumed); |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1067 } |
253 | 1068 |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1069 if (produced > 0) |
253 | 1070 { |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1071 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, produced, stdout); |
253 | 1072 if (ferror (stdout)) |
1073 clearerr (stdout); | |
1074 if (termscript) | |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1075 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, produced, termscript); |
253 | 1076 } |
1077 | |
10439
1fcbeb4410f6
(write_glyphs, insert_glyphs): Call checkmagic.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10332
diff
changeset
|
1078 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_pad_inserted_char); |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1079 if (start) |
30848
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1080 { |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1081 turn_off_face (f, glyph->face_id); |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1082 turn_off_highlight (); |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1083 } |
10439
1fcbeb4410f6
(write_glyphs, insert_glyphs): Call checkmagic.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10332
diff
changeset
|
1084 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1085 |
10439
1fcbeb4410f6
(write_glyphs, insert_glyphs): Call checkmagic.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10332
diff
changeset
|
1086 cmcheckmagic (); |
253 | 1087 } |
1088 | |
21514 | 1089 void |
253 | 1090 delete_glyphs (n) |
1091 register int n; | |
1092 { | |
1093 char *buf; | |
1094 register int i; | |
1095 | |
969
16649ee21625
* term.c (FRAME_IS_TERMCAP, FRAME_IS_X, FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF):
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
797
diff
changeset
|
1096 if (delete_glyphs_hook && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (updating_frame)) |
253 | 1097 { |
1098 (*delete_glyphs_hook) (n); | |
1099 return; | |
1100 } | |
1101 | |
1102 if (delete_in_insert_mode) | |
1103 { | |
1104 turn_on_insert (); | |
1105 } | |
1106 else | |
1107 { | |
1108 turn_off_insert (); | |
1109 OUTPUT_IF (TS_delete_mode); | |
1110 } | |
1111 | |
1112 if (TS_del_multi_chars) | |
1113 { | |
1114 buf = tparam (TS_del_multi_chars, 0, 0, n); | |
1115 OUTPUT1 (buf); | |
2439
b6c62e4abf59
Put interrupt input blocking in a separate file from xterm.h.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2243
diff
changeset
|
1116 xfree (buf); |
253 | 1117 } |
1118 else | |
1119 for (i = 0; i < n; i++) | |
1120 OUTPUT1 (TS_del_char); | |
1121 if (!delete_in_insert_mode) | |
1122 OUTPUT_IF (TS_end_delete_mode); | |
1123 } | |
1124 | |
1125 /* Insert N lines at vpos VPOS. If N is negative, delete -N lines. */ | |
1126 | |
21514 | 1127 void |
253 | 1128 ins_del_lines (vpos, n) |
1129 int vpos, n; | |
1130 { | |
1131 char *multi = n > 0 ? TS_ins_multi_lines : TS_del_multi_lines; | |
1132 char *single = n > 0 ? TS_ins_line : TS_del_line; | |
1133 char *scroll = n > 0 ? TS_rev_scroll : TS_fwd_scroll; | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1134 struct frame *sf; |
253 | 1135 |
1136 register int i = n > 0 ? n : -n; | |
1137 register char *buf; | |
1138 | |
969
16649ee21625
* term.c (FRAME_IS_TERMCAP, FRAME_IS_X, FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF):
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
797
diff
changeset
|
1139 if (ins_del_lines_hook && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (updating_frame)) |
253 | 1140 { |
1141 (*ins_del_lines_hook) (vpos, n); | |
1142 return; | |
1143 } | |
1144 | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1145 sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1146 |
253 | 1147 /* If the lines below the insertion are being pushed |
1148 into the end of the window, this is the same as clearing; | |
1149 and we know the lines are already clear, since the matching | |
1150 deletion has already been done. So can ignore this. */ | |
1151 /* If the lines below the deletion are blank lines coming | |
1152 out of the end of the window, don't bother, | |
1153 as there will be a matching inslines later that will flush them. */ | |
1154 if (scroll_region_ok && vpos + i >= specified_window) | |
1155 return; | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1156 if (!memory_below_frame && vpos + i >= FRAME_LINES (sf)) |
253 | 1157 return; |
1158 | |
1159 if (multi) | |
1160 { | |
1161 raw_cursor_to (vpos, 0); | |
1162 background_highlight (); | |
1163 buf = tparam (multi, 0, 0, i); | |
1164 OUTPUT (buf); | |
2439
b6c62e4abf59
Put interrupt input blocking in a separate file from xterm.h.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2243
diff
changeset
|
1165 xfree (buf); |
253 | 1166 } |
1167 else if (single) | |
1168 { | |
1169 raw_cursor_to (vpos, 0); | |
1170 background_highlight (); | |
1171 while (--i >= 0) | |
1172 OUTPUT (single); | |
1173 if (TF_teleray) | |
1174 curX = 0; | |
1175 } | |
1176 else | |
1177 { | |
1178 set_scroll_region (vpos, specified_window); | |
1179 if (n < 0) | |
1180 raw_cursor_to (specified_window - 1, 0); | |
1181 else | |
1182 raw_cursor_to (vpos, 0); | |
1183 background_highlight (); | |
1184 while (--i >= 0) | |
1185 OUTPUTL (scroll, specified_window - vpos); | |
1186 set_scroll_region (0, specified_window); | |
1187 } | |
1188 | |
765 | 1189 if (!scroll_region_ok && memory_below_frame && n < 0) |
253 | 1190 { |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1191 cursor_to (FRAME_LINES (sf) + n, 0); |
253 | 1192 clear_to_end (); |
1193 } | |
1194 } | |
1195 | |
1196 /* Compute cost of sending "str", in characters, | |
1197 not counting any line-dependent padding. */ | |
1198 | |
1199 int | |
1200 string_cost (str) | |
1201 char *str; | |
1202 { | |
1203 cost = 0; | |
1204 if (str) | |
1205 tputs (str, 0, evalcost); | |
1206 return cost; | |
1207 } | |
1208 | |
1209 /* Compute cost of sending "str", in characters, | |
1210 counting any line-dependent padding at one line. */ | |
1211 | |
1212 static int | |
1213 string_cost_one_line (str) | |
1214 char *str; | |
1215 { | |
1216 cost = 0; | |
1217 if (str) | |
1218 tputs (str, 1, evalcost); | |
1219 return cost; | |
1220 } | |
1221 | |
1222 /* Compute per line amount of line-dependent padding, | |
1223 in tenths of characters. */ | |
1224 | |
1225 int | |
1226 per_line_cost (str) | |
1227 register char *str; | |
1228 { | |
1229 cost = 0; | |
1230 if (str) | |
1231 tputs (str, 0, evalcost); | |
1232 cost = - cost; | |
1233 if (str) | |
1234 tputs (str, 10, evalcost); | |
1235 return cost; | |
1236 } | |
1237 | |
1238 #ifndef old | |
1239 /* char_ins_del_cost[n] is cost of inserting N characters. | |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
1240 char_ins_del_cost[-n] is cost of deleting N characters. |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1241 The length of this vector is based on max_frame_cols. */ |
253 | 1242 |
1243 int *char_ins_del_vector; | |
1244 | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1245 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_COLS ((f))]) |
253 | 1246 #endif |
1247 | |
1248 /* ARGSUSED */ | |
1249 static void | |
765 | 1250 calculate_ins_del_char_costs (frame) |
1251 FRAME_PTR frame; | |
253 | 1252 { |
1253 int ins_startup_cost, del_startup_cost; | |
1254 int ins_cost_per_char, del_cost_per_char; | |
1255 register int i; | |
1256 register int *p; | |
1257 | |
1258 if (TS_ins_multi_chars) | |
1259 { | |
1260 ins_cost_per_char = 0; | |
1261 ins_startup_cost = string_cost_one_line (TS_ins_multi_chars); | |
1262 } | |
1263 else if (TS_ins_char || TS_pad_inserted_char | |
1264 || (TS_insert_mode && TS_end_insert_mode)) | |
1265 { | |
1266 ins_startup_cost = (30 * (string_cost (TS_insert_mode) | |
1267 + string_cost (TS_end_insert_mode))) / 100; | |
1268 ins_cost_per_char = (string_cost_one_line (TS_ins_char) | |
1269 + string_cost_one_line (TS_pad_inserted_char)); | |
1270 } | |
1271 else | |
1272 { | |
1273 ins_startup_cost = 9999; | |
1274 ins_cost_per_char = 0; | |
1275 } | |
1276 | |
1277 if (TS_del_multi_chars) | |
1278 { | |
1279 del_cost_per_char = 0; | |
1280 del_startup_cost = string_cost_one_line (TS_del_multi_chars); | |
1281 } | |
1282 else if (TS_del_char) | |
1283 { | |
1284 del_startup_cost = (string_cost (TS_delete_mode) | |
1285 + string_cost (TS_end_delete_mode)); | |
1286 if (delete_in_insert_mode) | |
1287 del_startup_cost /= 2; | |
1288 del_cost_per_char = string_cost_one_line (TS_del_char); | |
1289 } | |
1290 else | |
1291 { | |
1292 del_startup_cost = 9999; | |
1293 del_cost_per_char = 0; | |
1294 } | |
1295 | |
1296 /* Delete costs are at negative offsets */ | |
765 | 1297 p = &char_ins_del_cost (frame)[0]; |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1298 for (i = FRAME_COLS (frame); --i >= 0;) |
253 | 1299 *--p = (del_startup_cost += del_cost_per_char); |
1300 | |
1301 /* Doing nothing is free */ | |
765 | 1302 p = &char_ins_del_cost (frame)[0]; |
253 | 1303 *p++ = 0; |
1304 | |
1305 /* Insert costs are at positive offsets */ | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1306 for (i = FRAME_COLS (frame); --i >= 0;) |
253 | 1307 *p++ = (ins_startup_cost += ins_cost_per_char); |
1308 } | |
1309 | |
21514 | 1310 void |
765 | 1311 calculate_costs (frame) |
1312 FRAME_PTR frame; | |
253 | 1313 { |
10121
3f9f77a9488d
(calculate_costs): Set FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9797
diff
changeset
|
1314 register char *f = (TS_set_scroll_region |
3f9f77a9488d
(calculate_costs): Set FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9797
diff
changeset
|
1315 ? TS_set_scroll_region |
3f9f77a9488d
(calculate_costs): Set FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9797
diff
changeset
|
1316 : TS_set_scroll_region_1); |
253 | 1317 |
10121
3f9f77a9488d
(calculate_costs): Set FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9797
diff
changeset
|
1318 FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (frame) = baud_rate; |
253 | 1319 |
10261
4fd304db9216
(scroll_region_cost): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10121
diff
changeset
|
1320 scroll_region_cost = string_cost (f); |
253 | 1321 |
1322 /* These variables are only used for terminal stuff. They are allocated | |
765 | 1323 once for the terminal frame of X-windows emacs, but not used afterwards. |
253 | 1324 |
1325 char_ins_del_vector (i.e., char_ins_del_cost) isn't used because | |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1326 X turns off char_ins_del_ok. */ |
253 | 1327 |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1328 max_frame_lines = max (max_frame_lines, FRAME_LINES (frame)); |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1329 max_frame_cols = max (max_frame_cols, FRAME_COLS (frame)); |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
1330 |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1331 costs_set = 1; |
253 | 1332 |
1333 if (char_ins_del_vector != 0) | |
1334 char_ins_del_vector | |
1335 = (int *) xrealloc (char_ins_del_vector, | |
1336 (sizeof (int) | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1337 + 2 * max_frame_cols * sizeof (int))); |
253 | 1338 else |
1339 char_ins_del_vector | |
1340 = (int *) xmalloc (sizeof (int) | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1341 + 2 * max_frame_cols * sizeof (int)); |
253 | 1342 |
1343 bzero (char_ins_del_vector, (sizeof (int) | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1344 + 2 * max_frame_cols * sizeof (int))); |
253 | 1345 |
765 | 1346 if (f && (!TS_ins_line && !TS_del_line)) |
1347 do_line_insertion_deletion_costs (frame, | |
253 | 1348 TS_rev_scroll, TS_ins_multi_lines, |
1349 TS_fwd_scroll, TS_del_multi_lines, | |
765 | 1350 f, f, 1); |
253 | 1351 else |
765 | 1352 do_line_insertion_deletion_costs (frame, |
253 | 1353 TS_ins_line, TS_ins_multi_lines, |
1354 TS_del_line, TS_del_multi_lines, | |
1355 0, 0, 1); | |
1356 | |
765 | 1357 calculate_ins_del_char_costs (frame); |
253 | 1358 |
1359 /* Don't use TS_repeat if its padding is worse than sending the chars */ | |
1360 if (TS_repeat && per_line_cost (TS_repeat) * baud_rate < 9000) | |
1361 RPov = string_cost (TS_repeat); | |
1362 else | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
1363 RPov = FRAME_COLS (frame) * 2; |
253 | 1364 |
1365 cmcostinit (); /* set up cursor motion costs */ | |
1366 } | |
1367 | |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1368 struct fkey_table { |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1369 char *cap, *name; |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1370 }; |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1371 |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1372 /* Termcap capability names that correspond directly to X keysyms. |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1373 Some of these (marked "terminfo") aren't supplied by old-style |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1374 (Berkeley) termcap entries. They're listed in X keysym order; |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1375 except we put the keypad keys first, so that if they clash with |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1376 other keys (as on the IBM PC keyboard) they get overridden. |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1377 */ |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1378 |
25002 | 1379 static struct fkey_table keys[] = |
1380 { | |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1381 {"kh", "home"}, /* termcap */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1382 {"kl", "left"}, /* termcap */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1383 {"ku", "up"}, /* termcap */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1384 {"kr", "right"}, /* termcap */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1385 {"kd", "down"}, /* termcap */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1386 {"%8", "prior"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1387 {"%5", "next"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1388 {"@7", "end"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1389 {"@1", "begin"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1390 {"*6", "select"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1391 {"%9", "print"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1392 {"@4", "execute"}, /* terminfo --- actually the `command' key */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1393 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1394 * "insert" --- see below |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1395 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1396 {"&8", "undo"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1397 {"%0", "redo"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1398 {"%7", "menu"}, /* terminfo --- actually the `options' key */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1399 {"@0", "find"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1400 {"@2", "cancel"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1401 {"%1", "help"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1402 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1403 * "break" goes here, but can't be reliably intercepted with termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1404 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1405 {"&4", "reset"}, /* terminfo --- actually `restart' */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1406 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1407 * "system" and "user" --- no termcaps |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1408 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1409 {"kE", "clearline"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1410 {"kA", "insertline"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1411 {"kL", "deleteline"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1412 {"kI", "insertchar"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1413 {"kD", "deletechar"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1414 {"kB", "backtab"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1415 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1416 * "kp_backtab", "kp-space", "kp-tab" --- no termcaps |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1417 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1418 {"@8", "kp-enter"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1419 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1420 * "kp-f1", "kp-f2", "kp-f3" "kp-f4", |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1421 * "kp-multiply", "kp-add", "kp-separator", |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1422 * "kp-subtract", "kp-decimal", "kp-divide", "kp-0"; |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1423 * --- no termcaps for any of these. |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1424 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1425 {"K4", "kp-1"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1426 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1427 * "kp-2" --- no termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1428 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1429 {"K5", "kp-3"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1430 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1431 * "kp-4" --- no termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1432 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1433 {"K2", "kp-5"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1434 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1435 * "kp-6" --- no termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1436 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1437 {"K1", "kp-7"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1438 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1439 * "kp-8" --- no termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1440 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1441 {"K3", "kp-9"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1442 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1443 * "kp-equal" --- no termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1444 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1445 {"k1", "f1"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1446 {"k2", "f2"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1447 {"k3", "f3"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1448 {"k4", "f4"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1449 {"k5", "f5"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1450 {"k6", "f6"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1451 {"k7", "f7"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1452 {"k8", "f8"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1453 {"k9", "f9"} |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1454 }; |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1455 |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1456 static char **term_get_fkeys_arg; |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1457 static Lisp_Object term_get_fkeys_1 (); |
4543
929e4c850e76
(term_get_fkeys_define_1, term_get_fkeys_define): New functions.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4499
diff
changeset
|
1458 |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1459 /* Find the escape codes sent by the function keys for Vfunction_key_map. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1460 This function scans the termcap function key sequence entries, and |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1461 adds entries to Vfunction_key_map for each function key it finds. */ |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1462 |
533 | 1463 void |
1464 term_get_fkeys (address) | |
1465 char **address; | |
1466 { | |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1467 /* We run the body of the function (term_get_fkeys_1) and ignore all Lisp |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1468 errors during the call. The only errors should be from Fdefine_key |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1469 when given a key sequence containing an invalid prefix key. If the |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1470 termcap defines function keys which use a prefix that is already bound |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1471 to a command by the default bindings, we should silently ignore that |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1472 function key specification, rather than giving the user an error and |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1473 refusing to run at all on such a terminal. */ |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1474 |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1475 extern Lisp_Object Fidentity (); |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1476 term_get_fkeys_arg = address; |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1477 internal_condition_case (term_get_fkeys_1, Qerror, Fidentity); |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1478 } |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1479 |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1480 static Lisp_Object |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1481 term_get_fkeys_1 () |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1482 { |
533 | 1483 int i; |
1484 | |
6250
a08cca81d0bd
(term_get_fkeys_1): Use term_get_fkeys_arg, not term_get_fkeys_address.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
6249
diff
changeset
|
1485 char **address = term_get_fkeys_arg; |
6249
365e7cbd7292
(term_get_fkeys_1): New local var ADDRESS, init to term_get_fkeys_address.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
6248
diff
changeset
|
1486 |
3359
ef29e2a4fc46
(term_get_fkeys): If not initialized, init Vfunction_key_map.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2961
diff
changeset
|
1487 /* This can happen if CANNOT_DUMP or with strange options. */ |
ef29e2a4fc46
(term_get_fkeys): If not initialized, init Vfunction_key_map.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2961
diff
changeset
|
1488 if (!initialized) |
ef29e2a4fc46
(term_get_fkeys): If not initialized, init Vfunction_key_map.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2961
diff
changeset
|
1489 Vfunction_key_map = Fmake_sparse_keymap (Qnil); |
ef29e2a4fc46
(term_get_fkeys): If not initialized, init Vfunction_key_map.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2961
diff
changeset
|
1490 |
533 | 1491 for (i = 0; i < (sizeof (keys)/sizeof (keys[0])); i++) |
1492 { | |
1493 char *sequence = tgetstr (keys[i].cap, address); | |
1494 if (sequence) | |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1495 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (sequence), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1496 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1497 intern (keys[i].name))); |
533 | 1498 } |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1499 |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1500 /* The uses of the "k0" capability are inconsistent; sometimes it |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1501 describes F10, whereas othertimes it describes F0 and "k;" describes F10. |
3591
507f64624555
Apply typo patches from Paul Eggert.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3489
diff
changeset
|
1502 We will attempt to politely accommodate both systems by testing for |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1503 "k;", and if it is present, assuming that "k0" denotes F0, otherwise F10. |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1504 */ |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1505 { |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1506 char *k_semi = tgetstr ("k;", address); |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1507 char *k0 = tgetstr ("k0", address); |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1508 char *k0_name = "f10"; |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1509 |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1510 if (k_semi) |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1511 { |
43073
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1512 if (k0) |
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1513 /* Define f0 first, so that f10 takes precedence in case the |
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1514 key sequences happens to be the same. */ |
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1515 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (k0), |
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1516 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), intern ("f0"))); |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1517 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (k_semi), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1518 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), intern ("f10"))); |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1519 } |
43073
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1520 else if (k0) |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1521 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (k0), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1522 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), intern (k0_name))); |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1523 } |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1524 |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1525 /* Set up cookies for numbered function keys above f10. */ |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1526 { |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1527 char fcap[3], fkey[4]; |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1528 |
3489
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1529 fcap[0] = 'F'; fcap[2] = '\0'; |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1530 for (i = 11; i < 64; i++) |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1531 { |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1532 if (i <= 19) |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1533 fcap[1] = '1' + i - 11; |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1534 else if (i <= 45) |
10481
24756aef26e3
(term_get_fkeys_1): Bug fix for function key above f19.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10439
diff
changeset
|
1535 fcap[1] = 'A' + i - 20; |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1536 else |
10481
24756aef26e3
(term_get_fkeys_1): Bug fix for function key above f19.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10439
diff
changeset
|
1537 fcap[1] = 'a' + i - 46; |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1538 |
3489
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1539 { |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1540 char *sequence = tgetstr (fcap, address); |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1541 if (sequence) |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1542 { |
4543
929e4c850e76
(term_get_fkeys_define_1, term_get_fkeys_define): New functions.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4499
diff
changeset
|
1543 sprintf (fkey, "f%d", i); |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1544 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (sequence), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1545 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1546 intern (fkey))); |
3489
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1547 } |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1548 } |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1549 } |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1550 } |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1551 |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1552 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1553 * Various mappings to try and get a better fit. |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1554 */ |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1555 { |
3489
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1556 #define CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN(cap1, cap2, sym) \ |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1557 if (!tgetstr (cap1, address)) \ |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1558 { \ |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1559 char *sequence = tgetstr (cap2, address); \ |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1560 if (sequence) \ |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1561 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (sequence), \ |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1562 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), \ |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1563 intern (sym))); \ |
3489
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1564 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1565 |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1566 /* if there's no key_next keycap, map key_npage to `next' keysym */ |
2243
23228edebc59
Fix spacing conventions.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2239
diff
changeset
|
1567 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("%5", "kN", "next"); |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1568 /* if there's no key_prev keycap, map key_ppage to `previous' keysym */ |
3706
5a563b062c0d
(term_get_fkeys): Use `prior', not `previous', for %8/kP.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3591
diff
changeset
|
1569 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("%8", "kP", "prior"); |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1570 /* if there's no key_dc keycap, map key_ic to `insert' keysym */ |
2243
23228edebc59
Fix spacing conventions.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2239
diff
changeset
|
1571 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("kD", "kI", "insert"); |
19385
8f58b5d12021
(term_get_fkeys_1): Use kH as alternate for move-to-last-line.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19277
diff
changeset
|
1572 /* if there's no key_end keycap, map key_ll to 'end' keysym */ |
8f58b5d12021
(term_get_fkeys_1): Use kH as alternate for move-to-last-line.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19277
diff
changeset
|
1573 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("@7", "kH", "end"); |
9524
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1574 |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1575 /* IBM has their own non-standard dialect of terminfo. |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1576 If the standard name isn't found, try the IBM name. */ |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1577 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("kB", "KO", "backtab"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1578 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("@4", "kJ", "execute"); /* actually "action" */ |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1579 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("@4", "kc", "execute"); /* actually "command" */ |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1580 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("%7", "ki", "menu"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1581 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("@7", "kw", "end"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1582 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("F1", "k<", "f11"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1583 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("F2", "k>", "f12"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1584 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("%1", "kq", "help"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1585 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("*6", "kU", "select"); |
2224
49bda4cf498c
Supply second arg for tgetstr() calls.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
2179
diff
changeset
|
1586 #undef CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1587 } |
25002 | 1588 |
1589 return Qnil; | |
533 | 1590 } |
1591 | |
1592 | |
25002 | 1593 /*********************************************************************** |
1594 Character Display Information | |
1595 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1596 | |
1597 static void append_glyph P_ ((struct it *)); | |
1598 | |
1599 | |
1600 /* Append glyphs to IT's glyph_row. Called from produce_glyphs for | |
1601 terminal frames if IT->glyph_row != NULL. IT->c is the character | |
1602 for which to produce glyphs; IT->face_id contains the character's | |
1603 face. Padding glyphs are appended if IT->c has a IT->pixel_width > | |
1604 1. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1605 |
25002 | 1606 static void |
1607 append_glyph (it) | |
1608 struct it *it; | |
1609 { | |
1610 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
1611 int i; | |
1612 | |
1613 xassert (it->glyph_row); | |
1614 glyph = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[it->area] | |
1615 + it->glyph_row->used[it->area]); | |
1616 end = it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + it->area]; | |
1617 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1618 for (i = 0; |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1619 i < it->pixel_width && glyph < end; |
25002 | 1620 ++i) |
1621 { | |
1622 glyph->type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
29462
3306af2e4f3d
(append_glyph): Revert change of 2000-06-06.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29448
diff
changeset
|
1623 glyph->pixel_width = 1; |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1624 glyph->u.ch = it->c; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1625 glyph->face_id = it->face_id; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1626 glyph->padding_p = i > 0; |
25002 | 1627 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); |
1628 glyph->object = it->object; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1629 |
25002 | 1630 ++it->glyph_row->used[it->area]; |
1631 ++glyph; | |
1632 } | |
1633 } | |
1634 | |
1635 | |
44372 | 1636 /* Produce glyphs for the display element described by IT. *IT |
1637 specifies what we want to produce a glyph for (character, image, ...), | |
1638 and where in the glyph matrix we currently are (glyph row and hpos). | |
1639 produce_glyphs fills in output fields of *IT with information such as the | |
1640 pixel width and height of a character, and maybe output actual glyphs at | |
25002 | 1641 the same time if IT->glyph_row is non-null. See the explanation of |
44372 | 1642 struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for an overview. |
1643 | |
1644 produce_glyphs also stores the result of glyph width, ascent | |
1645 etc. computations in *IT. | |
1646 | |
1647 IT->glyph_row may be null, in which case produce_glyphs does not | |
1648 actually fill in the glyphs. This is used in the move_* functions | |
1649 in xdisp.c for text width and height computations. | |
1650 | |
1651 Callers usually don't call produce_glyphs directly; | |
1652 instead they use the macro PRODUCE_GLYPHS. */ | |
25002 | 1653 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1654 void |
25002 | 1655 produce_glyphs (it) |
1656 struct it *it; | |
1657 { | |
1658 /* If a hook is installed, let it do the work. */ | |
1659 xassert (it->what == IT_CHARACTER | |
26871
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1660 || it->what == IT_COMPOSITION |
25002 | 1661 || it->what == IT_IMAGE |
1662 || it->what == IT_STRETCH); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1663 |
26871
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1664 /* Nothing but characters are supported on terminal frames. For a |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1665 composition sequence, it->c is the first character of the |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1666 sequence. */ |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1667 xassert (it->what == IT_CHARACTER |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1668 || it->what == IT_COMPOSITION); |
25002 | 1669 |
1670 if (it->c >= 040 && it->c < 0177) | |
1671 { | |
1672 it->pixel_width = it->nglyphs = 1; | |
1673 if (it->glyph_row) | |
1674 append_glyph (it); | |
1675 } | |
1676 else if (it->c == '\n') | |
1677 it->pixel_width = it->nglyphs = 0; | |
1678 else if (it->c == '\t') | |
1679 { | |
28685
b4310b6f3b5e
(produce_glyphs): Remove reference to struct it's prompt_width.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
1680 int absolute_x = (it->current_x |
25002 | 1681 + it->continuation_lines_width); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1682 int next_tab_x |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1683 = (((1 + absolute_x + it->tab_width - 1) |
25002 | 1684 / it->tab_width) |
1685 * it->tab_width); | |
1686 int nspaces; | |
1687 | |
1688 /* If part of the TAB has been displayed on the previous line | |
1689 which is continued now, continuation_lines_width will have | |
1690 been incremented already by the part that fitted on the | |
1691 continued line. So, we will get the right number of spaces | |
1692 here. */ | |
1693 nspaces = next_tab_x - absolute_x; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1694 |
25002 | 1695 if (it->glyph_row) |
1696 { | |
1697 int n = nspaces; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1698 |
25002 | 1699 it->c = ' '; |
1700 it->pixel_width = it->len = 1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1701 |
25002 | 1702 while (n--) |
1703 append_glyph (it); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1704 |
25002 | 1705 it->c = '\t'; |
1706 } | |
1707 | |
1708 it->pixel_width = nspaces; | |
1709 it->nglyphs = nspaces; | |
1710 } | |
29262
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1711 else if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)) |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1712 { |
29263
167d236e633b
Correct a typo in a comment.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29262
diff
changeset
|
1713 /* Coming here means that it->c is from display table, thus we |
29262
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1714 must send the code as is to the terminal. Although there's |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1715 no way to know how many columns it occupies on a screen, it |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1716 is a good assumption that a single byte code has 1-column |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1717 width. */ |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1718 it->pixel_width = it->nglyphs = 1; |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1719 if (it->glyph_row) |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1720 append_glyph (it); |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1721 } |
25002 | 1722 else |
1723 { | |
26871
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1724 /* A multi-byte character. The display width is fixed for all |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1725 characters of the set. Some of the glyphs may have to be |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1726 ignored because they are already displayed in a continued |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1727 line. */ |
25002 | 1728 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->c); |
1729 | |
26871
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1730 it->pixel_width = CHARSET_WIDTH (charset); |
25002 | 1731 it->nglyphs = it->pixel_width; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1732 |
25002 | 1733 if (it->glyph_row) |
1734 append_glyph (it); | |
1735 } | |
1736 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1737 /* Advance current_x by the pixel width as a convenience for |
25002 | 1738 the caller. */ |
1739 if (it->area == TEXT_AREA) | |
1740 it->current_x += it->pixel_width; | |
25187
39feb68ed3c7
(produce_glyphs): Set iterator's physical height
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25002
diff
changeset
|
1741 it->ascent = it->max_ascent = it->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent = 0; |
39feb68ed3c7
(produce_glyphs): Set iterator's physical height
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25002
diff
changeset
|
1742 it->descent = it->max_descent = it->phys_descent = it->max_phys_descent = 1; |
25002 | 1743 } |
1744 | |
1745 | |
1746 /* Get information about special display element WHAT in an | |
1747 environment described by IT. WHAT is one of IT_TRUNCATION or | |
1748 IT_CONTINUATION. Maybe produce glyphs for WHAT if IT has a | |
1749 non-null glyph_row member. This function ensures that fields like | |
1750 face_id, c, len of IT are left untouched. */ | |
1751 | |
1752 void | |
1753 produce_special_glyphs (it, what) | |
1754 struct it *it; | |
1755 enum display_element_type what; | |
1756 { | |
1757 struct it temp_it; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1758 |
25002 | 1759 temp_it = *it; |
1760 temp_it.dp = NULL; | |
1761 temp_it.what = IT_CHARACTER; | |
1762 temp_it.len = 1; | |
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28465
diff
changeset
|
1763 temp_it.object = make_number (0); |
25002 | 1764 bzero (&temp_it.current, sizeof temp_it.current); |
1765 | |
1766 if (what == IT_CONTINUATION) | |
1767 { | |
1768 /* Continuation glyph. */ | |
1769 if (it->dp | |
1770 && INTEGERP (DISP_CONTINUE_GLYPH (it->dp)) | |
1771 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CONTINUE_GLYPH (it->dp)))) | |
1772 { | |
1773 temp_it.c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (XINT (DISP_CONTINUE_GLYPH (it->dp))); | |
29019
50e144ba4af7
(produce_special_glyphs): Use CHAR_BYTES instead of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
28685
diff
changeset
|
1774 temp_it.len = CHAR_BYTES (temp_it.c); |
25002 | 1775 } |
1776 else | |
1777 temp_it.c = '\\'; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1778 |
25002 | 1779 produce_glyphs (&temp_it); |
1780 it->pixel_width = temp_it.pixel_width; | |
1781 it->nglyphs = temp_it.pixel_width; | |
1782 } | |
1783 else if (what == IT_TRUNCATION) | |
1784 { | |
1785 /* Truncation glyph. */ | |
1786 if (it->dp | |
1787 && INTEGERP (DISP_TRUNC_GLYPH (it->dp)) | |
1788 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_TRUNC_GLYPH (it->dp)))) | |
1789 { | |
1790 temp_it.c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (XINT (DISP_TRUNC_GLYPH (it->dp))); | |
29019
50e144ba4af7
(produce_special_glyphs): Use CHAR_BYTES instead of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
28685
diff
changeset
|
1791 temp_it.len = CHAR_BYTES (temp_it.c); |
25002 | 1792 } |
1793 else | |
1794 temp_it.c = '$'; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1795 |
25002 | 1796 produce_glyphs (&temp_it); |
1797 it->pixel_width = temp_it.pixel_width; | |
1798 it->nglyphs = temp_it.pixel_width; | |
1799 } | |
1800 else | |
1801 abort (); | |
1802 } | |
1803 | |
1804 | |
1805 | |
1806 /*********************************************************************** | |
1807 Faces | |
1808 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1809 | |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1810 /* Value is non-zero if attribute ATTR may be used. ATTR should be |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1811 one of the enumerators from enum no_color_bit, or a bit set built |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1812 from them. Some display attributes may not be used together with |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1813 color; the termcap capability `NC' specifies which ones. */ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1814 |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1815 #define MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P(ATTR) \ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1816 (TN_max_colors > 0 \ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1817 ? (TN_no_color_video & (ATTR)) == 0 \ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1818 : 1) |
25002 | 1819 |
1820 /* Turn appearances of face FACE_ID on tty frame F on. */ | |
1821 | |
1822 static void | |
1823 turn_on_face (f, face_id) | |
1824 struct frame *f; | |
1825 int face_id; | |
1826 { | |
1827 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); | |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1828 long fg = face->foreground; |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1829 long bg = face->background; |
25002 | 1830 |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1831 /* Do this first because TS_end_standout_mode may be the same |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1832 as TS_exit_attribute_mode, which turns all appearances off. */ |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1833 if (MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_REVERSE)) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1834 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1835 if (TN_max_colors > 0) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1836 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1837 if (fg >= 0 && bg >= 0) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1838 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1839 /* If the terminal supports colors, we can set them |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1840 below without using reverse video. The face's fg |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1841 and bg colors are set as they should appear on |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1842 the screen, i.e. they take the inverse-video'ness |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1843 of the face already into account. */ |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1844 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1845 else if (inverse_video) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1846 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1847 if (fg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1848 || bg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1849 toggle_highlight (); |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1850 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1851 else |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1852 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1853 if (fg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1854 || bg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1855 toggle_highlight (); |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1856 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1857 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1858 else |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1859 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1860 /* If we can't display colors, use reverse video |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1861 if the face specifies that. */ |
37499
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1862 if (inverse_video) |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1863 { |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1864 if (fg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1865 || bg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR) |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1866 toggle_highlight (); |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1867 } |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1868 else |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1869 { |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1870 if (fg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1871 || bg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR) |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1872 toggle_highlight (); |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1873 } |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1874 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1875 } |
25002 | 1876 |
1877 if (face->tty_bold_p) | |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1878 { |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1879 if (MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_BOLD)) |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1880 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_enter_bold_mode); |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1881 } |
25002 | 1882 else if (face->tty_dim_p) |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1883 if (MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_DIM)) |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1884 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_enter_dim_mode); |
25002 | 1885 |
1886 /* Alternate charset and blinking not yet used. */ | |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1887 if (face->tty_alt_charset_p |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1888 && MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_ALT_CHARSET)) |
25002 | 1889 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_enter_alt_charset_mode); |
1890 | |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1891 if (face->tty_blinking_p |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1892 && MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_BLINK)) |
25002 | 1893 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_enter_blink_mode); |
1894 | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
1895 if (face->tty_underline_p && MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_UNDERLINE)) |
25002 | 1896 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_enter_underline_mode); |
1897 | |
1898 if (TN_max_colors > 0) | |
1899 { | |
1900 char *p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1901 |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1902 if (fg >= 0 && TS_set_foreground) |
25002 | 1903 { |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1904 p = tparam (TS_set_foreground, NULL, 0, (int) fg); |
25002 | 1905 OUTPUT (p); |
1906 xfree (p); | |
1907 } | |
1908 | |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1909 if (bg >= 0 && TS_set_background) |
25002 | 1910 { |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1911 p = tparam (TS_set_background, NULL, 0, (int) bg); |
25002 | 1912 OUTPUT (p); |
1913 xfree (p); | |
1914 } | |
1915 } | |
1916 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1917 |
25002 | 1918 |
1919 /* Turn off appearances of face FACE_ID on tty frame F. */ | |
1920 | |
1921 static void | |
1922 turn_off_face (f, face_id) | |
1923 struct frame *f; | |
1924 int face_id; | |
1925 { | |
1926 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); | |
1927 | |
1928 xassert (face != NULL); | |
1929 | |
1930 if (TS_exit_attribute_mode) | |
1931 { | |
1932 /* Capability "me" will turn off appearance modes double-bright, | |
1933 half-bright, reverse-video, standout, underline. It may or | |
1934 may not turn off alt-char-mode. */ | |
1935 if (face->tty_bold_p | |
1936 || face->tty_dim_p | |
1937 || face->tty_reverse_p | |
1938 || face->tty_alt_charset_p | |
1939 || face->tty_blinking_p | |
1940 || face->tty_underline_p) | |
30848
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1941 { |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1942 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_exit_attribute_mode); |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1943 if (strcmp (TS_exit_attribute_mode, TS_end_standout_mode) == 0) |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1944 standout_mode = 0; |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1945 } |
25002 | 1946 |
1947 if (face->tty_alt_charset_p) | |
1948 OUTPUT_IF (TS_exit_alt_charset_mode); | |
1949 } | |
1950 else | |
1951 { | |
1952 /* If we don't have "me" we can only have those appearances | |
1953 that have exit sequences defined. */ | |
1954 if (face->tty_alt_charset_p) | |
1955 OUTPUT_IF (TS_exit_alt_charset_mode); | |
1956 | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
1957 if (face->tty_underline_p) |
25002 | 1958 OUTPUT_IF (TS_exit_underline_mode); |
1959 } | |
1960 | |
1961 /* Switch back to default colors. */ | |
1962 if (TN_max_colors > 0 | |
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26871
diff
changeset
|
1963 && ((face->foreground != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_COLOR |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26871
diff
changeset
|
1964 && face->foreground != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR) |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26871
diff
changeset
|
1965 || (face->background != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_COLOR |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26871
diff
changeset
|
1966 && face->background != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR))) |
25002 | 1967 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_orig_pair); |
1968 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1969 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
1970 |
45522
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1971 /* Return non-zero if the terminal on frame F supports all of the |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1972 capabilities in CAPS simultaneously, with foreground and background |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1973 colors FG and BG. */ |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1974 |
45548 | 1975 int |
1976 tty_capable_p (f, caps, fg, bg) | |
45522
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1977 struct frame *f; |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1978 unsigned caps; |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1979 unsigned long fg, bg; |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1980 { |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1981 #define TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY(cap, TS, NC_bit) \ |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1982 if ((caps & (cap)) && (!(TS) || !MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P(NC_bit))) \ |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1983 return 0; |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1984 |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1985 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_INVERSE, TS_standout_mode, NC_REVERSE); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1986 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_UNDERLINE, TS_enter_underline_mode, NC_UNDERLINE); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1987 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_BOLD, TS_enter_bold_mode, NC_BOLD); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1988 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_DIM, TS_enter_dim_mode, NC_DIM); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1989 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_BLINK, TS_enter_blink_mode, NC_BLINK); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1990 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_ALT_CHARSET, TS_enter_alt_charset_mode, NC_ALT_CHARSET); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1991 |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1992 /* We can do it! */ |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1993 return 1; |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1994 } |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1995 |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1996 |
25002 | 1997 /* Return non-zero if the terminal is capable to display colors. */ |
1998 | |
1999 DEFUN ("tty-display-color-p", Ftty_display_color_p, Stty_display_color_p, | |
27087
8de2d17323c2
(Ftty_display_color_p): Accept an optional argument FRAME.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
27085
diff
changeset
|
2000 0, 1, 0, |
42959
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2001 doc: /* Return non-nil if TTY can display colors on DISPLAY. */) |
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2002 (display) |
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2003 Lisp_Object display; |
25002 | 2004 { |
2005 return TN_max_colors > 0 ? Qt : Qnil; | |
2006 } | |
2007 | |
42954
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2008 /* Return the number of supported colors. */ |
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2009 DEFUN ("tty-display-color-cells", Ftty_display_color_cells, |
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2010 Stty_display_color_cells, 0, 1, 0, |
42959
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2011 doc: /* Return the number of colors supported by TTY on DISPLAY. */) |
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2012 (display) |
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2013 Lisp_Object display; |
42954
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2014 { |
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2015 return make_number (TN_max_colors); |
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2016 } |
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2017 |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2018 #ifndef WINDOWSNT |
25002 | 2019 |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2020 /* Save or restore the default color-related capabilities of this |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2021 terminal. */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2022 static void |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2023 tty_default_color_capabilities (save) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2024 int save; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2025 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2026 static char |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2027 *default_orig_pair, *default_set_foreground, *default_set_background; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2028 static int default_max_colors, default_max_pairs, default_no_color_video; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2029 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2030 if (save) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2031 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2032 if (default_orig_pair) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2033 xfree (default_orig_pair); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2034 default_orig_pair = TS_orig_pair ? xstrdup (TS_orig_pair) : NULL; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2035 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2036 if (default_set_foreground) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2037 xfree (default_set_foreground); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2038 default_set_foreground = TS_set_foreground ? xstrdup (TS_set_foreground) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2039 : NULL; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2040 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2041 if (default_set_background) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2042 xfree (default_set_background); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2043 default_set_background = TS_set_background ? xstrdup (TS_set_background) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2044 : NULL; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2045 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2046 default_max_colors = TN_max_colors; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2047 default_max_pairs = TN_max_pairs; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2048 default_no_color_video = TN_no_color_video; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2049 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2050 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2051 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2052 TS_orig_pair = default_orig_pair; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2053 TS_set_foreground = default_set_foreground; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2054 TS_set_background = default_set_background; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2055 TN_max_colors = default_max_colors; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2056 TN_max_pairs = default_max_pairs; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2057 TN_no_color_video = default_no_color_video; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2058 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2059 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2060 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2061 /* Setup one of the standard tty color schemes according to MODE. |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2062 MODE's value is generally the number of colors which we want to |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2063 support; zero means set up for the default capabilities, the ones |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2064 we saw at term_init time; -1 means turn off color support. */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2065 void |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2066 tty_setup_colors (mode) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2067 int mode; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2068 { |
52652
31a3a92c1a03
(tty_setup_colors): Treat any negative argument as -1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52579
diff
changeset
|
2069 /* Canonicalize all negative values of MODE. */ |
31a3a92c1a03
(tty_setup_colors): Treat any negative argument as -1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52579
diff
changeset
|
2070 if (mode < -1) |
31a3a92c1a03
(tty_setup_colors): Treat any negative argument as -1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52579
diff
changeset
|
2071 mode = -1; |
31a3a92c1a03
(tty_setup_colors): Treat any negative argument as -1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52579
diff
changeset
|
2072 |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2073 switch (mode) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2074 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2075 case -1: /* no colors at all */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2076 TN_max_colors = 0; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2077 TN_max_pairs = 0; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2078 TN_no_color_video = 0; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2079 TS_set_foreground = TS_set_background = TS_orig_pair = NULL; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2080 break; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2081 case 0: /* default colors, if any */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2082 default: |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2083 tty_default_color_capabilities (0); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2084 break; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2085 case 8: /* 8 standard ANSI colors */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2086 TS_orig_pair = "\033[0m"; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2087 #ifdef TERMINFO |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2088 TS_set_foreground = "\033[3%p1%dm"; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2089 TS_set_background = "\033[4%p1%dm"; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2090 #else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2091 TS_set_foreground = "\033[3%dm"; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2092 TS_set_background = "\033[4%dm"; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2093 #endif |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2094 TN_max_colors = 8; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2095 TN_max_pairs = 64; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2096 TN_no_color_video = 0; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2097 break; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2098 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2099 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2100 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2101 void |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2102 set_tty_color_mode (f, val) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2103 struct frame *f; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2104 Lisp_Object val; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2105 { |
42808
cb0b3b9b61ec
(set_tty_color_mode): Remove unused variable `tem'.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
42742
diff
changeset
|
2106 Lisp_Object color_mode_spec, current_mode_spec; |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2107 Lisp_Object color_mode, current_mode; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2108 int mode, old_mode; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2109 extern Lisp_Object Qtty_color_mode; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2110 Lisp_Object tty_color_mode_alist; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2111 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2112 tty_color_mode_alist = Fintern_soft (build_string ("tty-color-mode-alist"), |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2113 Qnil); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2114 |
52579
611336925095
(set_tty_color_mode): Use INTEGERP to test whether a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2115 if (INTEGERP (val)) |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2116 color_mode = val; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2117 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2118 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2119 if (NILP (tty_color_mode_alist)) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2120 color_mode_spec = Qnil; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2121 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2122 color_mode_spec = Fassq (val, XSYMBOL (tty_color_mode_alist)->value); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2123 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2124 if (CONSP (color_mode_spec)) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2125 color_mode = XCDR (color_mode_spec); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2126 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2127 color_mode = Qnil; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2128 } |
52681
2036a4307b6c
(set_tty_color_mode): Calculate current_mode_spec regardless of value of VAL.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52652
diff
changeset
|
2129 |
2036a4307b6c
(set_tty_color_mode): Calculate current_mode_spec regardless of value of VAL.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52652
diff
changeset
|
2130 current_mode_spec = assq_no_quit (Qtty_color_mode, f->param_alist); |
2036a4307b6c
(set_tty_color_mode): Calculate current_mode_spec regardless of value of VAL.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52652
diff
changeset
|
2131 |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2132 if (CONSP (current_mode_spec)) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2133 current_mode = XCDR (current_mode_spec); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2134 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2135 current_mode = Qnil; |
52579
611336925095
(set_tty_color_mode): Use INTEGERP to test whether a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2136 if (INTEGERP (color_mode)) |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2137 mode = XINT (color_mode); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2138 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2139 mode = 0; /* meaning default */ |
52579
611336925095
(set_tty_color_mode): Use INTEGERP to test whether a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2140 if (INTEGERP (current_mode)) |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2141 old_mode = XINT (current_mode); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2142 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2143 old_mode = 0; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2144 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2145 if (mode != old_mode) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2146 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2147 tty_setup_colors (mode); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2148 /* This recomputes all the faces given the new color |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2149 definitions. */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2150 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2151 redraw_frame (f); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2152 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2153 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2154 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2155 #endif /* !WINDOWSNT */ |
25002 | 2156 |
2157 | |
2158 /*********************************************************************** | |
2159 Initialization | |
2160 ***********************************************************************/ | |
2161 | |
21514 | 2162 void |
253 | 2163 term_init (terminal_type) |
2164 char *terminal_type; | |
2165 { | |
2166 char *area; | |
2167 char **address = &area; | |
52265
84e49afb2178
(term_init): Use a buffer of size 4096 for tgetent since
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51212
diff
changeset
|
2168 char *buffer = NULL; |
52314
529dd59ee898
(term_init): Remove `const' from buffer_size's declaration.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52294
diff
changeset
|
2169 int buffer_size = 4096; |
253 | 2170 register char *p; |
2171 int status; | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2172 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
253 | 2173 |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2174 #ifdef WINDOWSNT |
16885
ddd632f61ce3
(term_init): Use new name initialize_w32_display.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16260
diff
changeset
|
2175 initialize_w32_display (); |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2176 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2177 Wcm_clear (); |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2178 |
24431
00398ed56396
(term_init): Use xmalloc, not malloc.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
24263
diff
changeset
|
2179 area = (char *) xmalloc (2044); |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2180 |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2181 FrameRows = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2182 FrameCols = FRAME_COLS (sf); |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2183 specified_window = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2184 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2185 delete_in_insert_mode = 1; |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2186 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2187 UseTabs = 0; |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2188 scroll_region_ok = 0; |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2189 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2190 /* Seems to insert lines when it's not supposed to, messing |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2191 up the display. In doing a trace, it didn't seem to be |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2192 called much, so I don't think we're losing anything by |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2193 turning it off. */ |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2194 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2195 line_ins_del_ok = 0; |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2196 char_ins_del_ok = 1; |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2197 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2198 baud_rate = 19200; |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2199 |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2200 FRAME_CAN_HAVE_SCROLL_BARS (sf) = 0; |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2201 FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (sf) = vertical_scroll_bar_none; |
27519
fd4d74bc1e42
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Initialize TN_max_colors.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
27128
diff
changeset
|
2202 TN_max_colors = 16; /* Required to be non-zero for tty-display-color-p */ |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2203 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2204 return; |
21827
87c7f4bd99da
Include cm.h after dispextern.h to avoid name conflicts
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
21624
diff
changeset
|
2205 #else /* not WINDOWSNT */ |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2206 |
253 | 2207 Wcm_clear (); |
2208 | |
52265
84e49afb2178
(term_init): Use a buffer of size 4096 for tgetent since
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51212
diff
changeset
|
2209 buffer = (char *) xmalloc (buffer_size); |
253 | 2210 status = tgetent (buffer, terminal_type); |
2211 if (status < 0) | |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2212 { |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2213 #ifdef TERMINFO |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2214 fatal ("Cannot open terminfo database file"); |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2215 #else |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2216 fatal ("Cannot open termcap database file"); |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2217 #endif |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2218 } |
253 | 2219 if (status == 0) |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2220 { |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2221 #ifdef TERMINFO |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2222 fatal ("Terminal type %s is not defined.\n\ |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2223 If that is not the actual type of terminal you have,\n\ |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2224 use the Bourne shell command `TERM=... export TERM' (C-shell:\n\ |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2225 `setenv TERM ...') to specify the correct type. It may be necessary\n\ |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2226 to do `unset TERMINFO' (C-shell: `unsetenv TERMINFO') as well.", |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2227 terminal_type); |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2228 #else |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2229 fatal ("Terminal type %s is not defined.\n\ |
4499
c7bfd863aefd
(term_init): Improve error messages (give sh commands).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3706
diff
changeset
|
2230 If that is not the actual type of terminal you have,\n\ |
c7bfd863aefd
(term_init): Improve error messages (give sh commands).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3706
diff
changeset
|
2231 use the Bourne shell command `TERM=... export TERM' (C-shell:\n\ |
c7bfd863aefd
(term_init): Improve error messages (give sh commands).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3706
diff
changeset
|
2232 `setenv TERM ...') to specify the correct type. It may be necessary\n\ |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2233 to do `unset TERMCAP' (C-shell: `unsetenv TERMCAP') as well.", |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2234 terminal_type); |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2235 #endif |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2236 } |
52265
84e49afb2178
(term_init): Use a buffer of size 4096 for tgetent since
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51212
diff
changeset
|
2237 |
52294
d9ae4cdf1ed1
(term_init): Fix previous change
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
52293
diff
changeset
|
2238 #ifndef TERMINFO |
52265
84e49afb2178
(term_init): Use a buffer of size 4096 for tgetent since
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51212
diff
changeset
|
2239 if (strlen (buffer) >= buffer_size) |
84e49afb2178
(term_init): Use a buffer of size 4096 for tgetent since
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51212
diff
changeset
|
2240 abort (); |
52294
d9ae4cdf1ed1
(term_init): Fix previous change
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
52293
diff
changeset
|
2241 buffer_size = strlen (buffer); |
52293
473d34d4814c
(term_init): Fix previous change; don't rely on the
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
52265
diff
changeset
|
2242 #endif |
52294
d9ae4cdf1ed1
(term_init): Fix previous change
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
52293
diff
changeset
|
2243 area = (char *) xmalloc (buffer_size); |
253 | 2244 |
2245 TS_ins_line = tgetstr ("al", address); | |
2246 TS_ins_multi_lines = tgetstr ("AL", address); | |
2247 TS_bell = tgetstr ("bl", address); | |
2248 BackTab = tgetstr ("bt", address); | |
2249 TS_clr_to_bottom = tgetstr ("cd", address); | |
2250 TS_clr_line = tgetstr ("ce", address); | |
765 | 2251 TS_clr_frame = tgetstr ("cl", address); |
28685
b4310b6f3b5e
(produce_glyphs): Remove reference to struct it's prompt_width.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
2252 ColPosition = NULL; /* tgetstr ("ch", address); */ |
253 | 2253 AbsPosition = tgetstr ("cm", address); |
2254 CR = tgetstr ("cr", address); | |
2255 TS_set_scroll_region = tgetstr ("cs", address); | |
2256 TS_set_scroll_region_1 = tgetstr ("cS", address); | |
2257 RowPosition = tgetstr ("cv", address); | |
2258 TS_del_char = tgetstr ("dc", address); | |
2259 TS_del_multi_chars = tgetstr ("DC", address); | |
2260 TS_del_line = tgetstr ("dl", address); | |
2261 TS_del_multi_lines = tgetstr ("DL", address); | |
2262 TS_delete_mode = tgetstr ("dm", address); | |
2263 TS_end_delete_mode = tgetstr ("ed", address); | |
2264 TS_end_insert_mode = tgetstr ("ei", address); | |
2265 Home = tgetstr ("ho", address); | |
2266 TS_ins_char = tgetstr ("ic", address); | |
2267 TS_ins_multi_chars = tgetstr ("IC", address); | |
2268 TS_insert_mode = tgetstr ("im", address); | |
2269 TS_pad_inserted_char = tgetstr ("ip", address); | |
2270 TS_end_keypad_mode = tgetstr ("ke", address); | |
2271 TS_keypad_mode = tgetstr ("ks", address); | |
2272 LastLine = tgetstr ("ll", address); | |
2273 Right = tgetstr ("nd", address); | |
2274 Down = tgetstr ("do", address); | |
2275 if (!Down) | |
2276 Down = tgetstr ("nl", address); /* Obsolete name for "do" */ | |
2277 #ifdef VMS | |
2278 /* VMS puts a carriage return before each linefeed, | |
2279 so it is not safe to use linefeeds. */ | |
2280 if (Down && Down[0] == '\n' && Down[1] == '\0') | |
2281 Down = 0; | |
2282 #endif /* VMS */ | |
2283 if (tgetflag ("bs")) | |
2284 Left = "\b"; /* can't possibly be longer! */ | |
2285 else /* (Actually, "bs" is obsolete...) */ | |
2286 Left = tgetstr ("le", address); | |
2287 if (!Left) | |
2288 Left = tgetstr ("bc", address); /* Obsolete name for "le" */ | |
2289 TS_pad_char = tgetstr ("pc", address); | |
2290 TS_repeat = tgetstr ("rp", address); | |
2291 TS_end_standout_mode = tgetstr ("se", address); | |
2292 TS_fwd_scroll = tgetstr ("sf", address); | |
2293 TS_standout_mode = tgetstr ("so", address); | |
2294 TS_rev_scroll = tgetstr ("sr", address); | |
2295 Wcm.cm_tab = tgetstr ("ta", address); | |
2296 TS_end_termcap_modes = tgetstr ("te", address); | |
2297 TS_termcap_modes = tgetstr ("ti", address); | |
2298 Up = tgetstr ("up", address); | |
2299 TS_visible_bell = tgetstr ("vb", address); | |
25002 | 2300 TS_cursor_normal = tgetstr ("ve", address); |
2301 TS_cursor_visible = tgetstr ("vs", address); | |
2302 TS_cursor_invisible = tgetstr ("vi", address); | |
253 | 2303 TS_set_window = tgetstr ("wi", address); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
2304 |
25002 | 2305 TS_enter_underline_mode = tgetstr ("us", address); |
2306 TS_exit_underline_mode = tgetstr ("ue", address); | |
2307 TS_enter_bold_mode = tgetstr ("md", address); | |
2308 TS_enter_dim_mode = tgetstr ("mh", address); | |
2309 TS_enter_blink_mode = tgetstr ("mb", address); | |
2310 TS_enter_reverse_mode = tgetstr ("mr", address); | |
2311 TS_enter_alt_charset_mode = tgetstr ("as", address); | |
2312 TS_exit_alt_charset_mode = tgetstr ("ae", address); | |
2313 TS_exit_attribute_mode = tgetstr ("me", address); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
2314 |
253 | 2315 MultiUp = tgetstr ("UP", address); |
2316 MultiDown = tgetstr ("DO", address); | |
2317 MultiLeft = tgetstr ("LE", address); | |
2318 MultiRight = tgetstr ("RI", address); | |
2319 | |
26425
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2320 /* SVr4/ANSI color suppert. If "op" isn't available, don't support |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2321 color because we can't switch back to the default foreground and |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2322 background. */ |
25002 | 2323 TS_orig_pair = tgetstr ("op", address); |
26425
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2324 if (TS_orig_pair) |
25002 | 2325 { |
26425
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2326 TS_set_foreground = tgetstr ("AF", address); |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2327 TS_set_background = tgetstr ("AB", address); |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2328 if (!TS_set_foreground) |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2329 { |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2330 /* SVr4. */ |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2331 TS_set_foreground = tgetstr ("Sf", address); |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2332 TS_set_background = tgetstr ("Sb", address); |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2333 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
2334 |
26425
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2335 TN_max_colors = tgetnum ("Co"); |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2336 TN_max_pairs = tgetnum ("pa"); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
2337 |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
2338 TN_no_color_video = tgetnum ("NC"); |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
2339 if (TN_no_color_video == -1) |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
2340 TN_no_color_video = 0; |
25002 | 2341 } |
2342 | |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2343 tty_default_color_capabilities (1); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2344 |
11530
a265aaa699e0
(term_init): MagicWrap implies AutoWrap.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2345 MagicWrap = tgetflag ("xn"); |
a265aaa699e0
(term_init): MagicWrap implies AutoWrap.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2346 /* Since we make MagicWrap terminals look like AutoWrap, we need to have |
a265aaa699e0
(term_init): MagicWrap implies AutoWrap.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2347 the former flag imply the latter. */ |
a265aaa699e0
(term_init): MagicWrap implies AutoWrap.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2348 AutoWrap = MagicWrap || tgetflag ("am"); |
765 | 2349 memory_below_frame = tgetflag ("db"); |
253 | 2350 TF_hazeltine = tgetflag ("hz"); |
2351 must_write_spaces = tgetflag ("in"); | |
2352 meta_key = tgetflag ("km") || tgetflag ("MT"); | |
2353 TF_insmode_motion = tgetflag ("mi"); | |
2354 TF_standout_motion = tgetflag ("ms"); | |
2355 TF_underscore = tgetflag ("ul"); | |
2356 TF_teleray = tgetflag ("xt"); | |
2357 | |
533 | 2358 term_get_fkeys (address); |
2359 | |
765 | 2360 /* Get frame size from system, or else from termcap. */ |
16093
4c74d7f1cfa6
(term_init): Avoid type-mismatch calling get_frame_size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15974
diff
changeset
|
2361 { |
4c74d7f1cfa6
(term_init): Avoid type-mismatch calling get_frame_size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15974
diff
changeset
|
2362 int height, width; |
4c74d7f1cfa6
(term_init): Avoid type-mismatch calling get_frame_size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15974
diff
changeset
|
2363 get_frame_size (&width, &height); |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2364 FRAME_COLS (sf) = width; |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2365 FRAME_LINES (sf) = height; |
16093
4c74d7f1cfa6
(term_init): Avoid type-mismatch calling get_frame_size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15974
diff
changeset
|
2366 } |
4c74d7f1cfa6
(term_init): Avoid type-mismatch calling get_frame_size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15974
diff
changeset
|
2367 |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2368 if (FRAME_COLS (sf) <= 0) |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2369 SET_FRAME_COLS (sf, tgetnum ("co")); |
16260
4468f3277e80
(term_init): Use new vertical scroll bar enumerated type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16094
diff
changeset
|
2370 else |
4468f3277e80
(term_init): Use new vertical scroll bar enumerated type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16094
diff
changeset
|
2371 /* Keep width and external_width consistent */ |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2372 SET_FRAME_COLS (sf, FRAME_COLS (sf)); |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2373 if (FRAME_LINES (sf) <= 0) |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2374 FRAME_LINES (sf) = tgetnum ("li"); |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2375 |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2376 if (FRAME_LINES (sf) < 3 || FRAME_COLS (sf) < 3) |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2377 fatal ("Screen size %dx%d is too small", |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2378 FRAME_LINES (sf), FRAME_COLS (sf)); |
10332
e14daed4a820
(term_init): Fatal error if screen is too small.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10261
diff
changeset
|
2379 |
253 | 2380 min_padding_speed = tgetnum ("pb"); |
2381 TabWidth = tgetnum ("tw"); | |
2382 | |
2383 #ifdef VMS | |
2384 /* These capabilities commonly use ^J. | |
2385 I don't know why, but sending them on VMS does not work; | |
2386 it causes following spaces to be lost, sometimes. | |
2387 For now, the simplest fix is to avoid using these capabilities ever. */ | |
2388 if (Down && Down[0] == '\n') | |
2389 Down = 0; | |
2390 #endif /* VMS */ | |
2391 | |
2392 if (!TS_bell) | |
2393 TS_bell = "\07"; | |
2394 | |
2395 if (!TS_fwd_scroll) | |
2396 TS_fwd_scroll = Down; | |
2397 | |
2398 PC = TS_pad_char ? *TS_pad_char : 0; | |
2399 | |
2400 if (TabWidth < 0) | |
2401 TabWidth = 8; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46559
diff
changeset
|
2402 |
253 | 2403 /* Turned off since /etc/termcap seems to have :ta= for most terminals |
2404 and newer termcap doc does not seem to say there is a default. | |
2405 if (!Wcm.cm_tab) | |
2406 Wcm.cm_tab = "\t"; | |
2407 */ | |
2408 | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2409 /* We don't support standout modes that use `magic cookies', so |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2410 turn off any that do. */ |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2411 if (TS_standout_mode && tgetnum ("sg") >= 0) |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2412 { |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2413 TS_standout_mode = 0; |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2414 TS_end_standout_mode = 0; |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2415 } |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2416 if (TS_enter_underline_mode && tgetnum ("ug") >= 0) |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2417 { |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2418 TS_enter_underline_mode = 0; |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2419 TS_exit_underline_mode = 0; |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2420 } |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2421 |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2422 /* If there's no standout mode, try to use underlining instead. */ |
253 | 2423 if (TS_standout_mode == 0) |
2424 { | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2425 TS_standout_mode = TS_enter_underline_mode; |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2426 TS_end_standout_mode = TS_exit_underline_mode; |
253 | 2427 } |
2428 | |
5933
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2429 /* If no `se' string, try using a `me' string instead. |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2430 If that fails, we can't use standout mode at all. */ |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2431 if (TS_end_standout_mode == 0) |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2432 { |
8612
86065bec6fc9
(term_init): Added missing argument to tgetstr.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8027
diff
changeset
|
2433 char *s = tgetstr ("me", address); |
5933
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2434 if (s != 0) |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2435 TS_end_standout_mode = s; |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2436 else |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2437 TS_standout_mode = 0; |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2438 } |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2439 |
253 | 2440 if (TF_teleray) |
2441 { | |
2442 Wcm.cm_tab = 0; | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2443 /* We can't support standout mode, because it uses magic cookies. */ |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2444 TS_standout_mode = 0; |
253 | 2445 /* But that means we cannot rely on ^M to go to column zero! */ |
2446 CR = 0; | |
2447 /* LF can't be trusted either -- can alter hpos */ | |
2448 /* if move at column 0 thru a line with TS_standout_mode */ | |
2449 Down = 0; | |
2450 } | |
2451 | |
2452 /* Special handling for certain terminal types known to need it */ | |
2453 | |
2454 if (!strcmp (terminal_type, "supdup")) | |
2455 { | |
765 | 2456 memory_below_frame = 1; |
253 | 2457 Wcm.cm_losewrap = 1; |
2458 } | |
2459 if (!strncmp (terminal_type, "c10", 3) | |
2460 || !strcmp (terminal_type, "perq")) | |
2461 { | |
2462 /* Supply a makeshift :wi string. | |
2463 This string is not valid in general since it works only | |
2464 for windows starting at the upper left corner; | |
2465 but that is all Emacs uses. | |
2466 | |
765 | 2467 This string works only if the frame is using |
253 | 2468 the top of the video memory, because addressing is memory-relative. |
2469 So first check the :ti string to see if that is true. | |
2470 | |
2471 It would be simpler if the :wi string could go in the termcap | |
2472 entry, but it can't because it is not fully valid. | |
2473 If it were in the termcap entry, it would confuse other programs. */ | |
2474 if (!TS_set_window) | |
2475 { | |
2476 p = TS_termcap_modes; | |
2477 while (*p && strcmp (p, "\033v ")) | |
2478 p++; | |
2479 if (*p) | |
2480 TS_set_window = "\033v%C %C %C %C "; | |
2481 } | |
2482 /* Termcap entry often fails to have :in: flag */ | |
2483 must_write_spaces = 1; | |
2484 /* :ti string typically fails to have \E^G! in it */ | |
2485 /* This limits scope of insert-char to one line. */ | |
2486 strcpy (area, TS_termcap_modes); | |
2487 strcat (area, "\033\007!"); | |
2488 TS_termcap_modes = area; | |
2489 area += strlen (area) + 1; | |
2490 p = AbsPosition; | |
2491 /* Change all %+ parameters to %C, to handle | |
2492 values above 96 correctly for the C100. */ | |
2493 while (*p) | |
2494 { | |
2495 if (p[0] == '%' && p[1] == '+') | |
2496 p[1] = 'C'; | |
2497 p++; | |
2498 } | |
2499 } | |
2500 | |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2501 FrameRows = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2502 FrameCols = FRAME_COLS (sf); |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2503 specified_window = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
253 | 2504 |
2505 if (Wcm_init () == -1) /* can't do cursor motion */ | |
2506 #ifdef VMS | |
2507 fatal ("Terminal type \"%s\" is not powerful enough to run Emacs.\n\ | |
2508 It lacks the ability to position the cursor.\n\ | |
2509 If that is not the actual type of terminal you have, use either the\n\ | |
2510 DCL command `SET TERMINAL/DEVICE= ...' for DEC-compatible terminals,\n\ | |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2511 or `define EMACS_TERM \"terminal type\"' for non-DEC terminals.", |
253 | 2512 terminal_type); |
12412
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2513 #else /* not VMS */ |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2514 # ifdef TERMINFO |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2515 fatal ("Terminal type \"%s\" is not powerful enough to run Emacs.\n\ |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2516 It lacks the ability to position the cursor.\n\ |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2517 If that is not the actual type of terminal you have,\n\ |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2518 use the Bourne shell command `TERM=... export TERM' (C-shell:\n\ |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2519 `setenv TERM ...') to specify the correct type. It may be necessary\n\ |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2520 to do `unset TERMINFO' (C-shell: `unsetenv TERMINFO') as well.", |
12412
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2521 terminal_type); |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2522 # else /* TERMCAP */ |
253 | 2523 fatal ("Terminal type \"%s\" is not powerful enough to run Emacs.\n\ |
2524 It lacks the ability to position the cursor.\n\ | |
2525 If that is not the actual type of terminal you have,\n\ | |
4499
c7bfd863aefd
(term_init): Improve error messages (give sh commands).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3706
diff
changeset
|
2526 use the Bourne shell command `TERM=... export TERM' (C-shell:\n\ |
c7bfd863aefd
(term_init): Improve error messages (give sh commands).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3706
diff
changeset
|
2527 `setenv TERM ...') to specify the correct type. It may be necessary\n\ |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2528 to do `unset TERMCAP' (C-shell: `unsetenv TERMCAP') as well.", |
253 | 2529 terminal_type); |
12412
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2530 # endif /* TERMINFO */ |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2531 #endif /*VMS */ |
51212
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2532 if (FRAME_LINES (sf) <= 0 |
332134065648
Make (some) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50227
diff
changeset
|
2533 || FRAME_COLS (sf) <= 0) |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2534 fatal ("The frame size has not been specified"); |
253 | 2535 |
2536 delete_in_insert_mode | |
2537 = TS_delete_mode && TS_insert_mode | |
2538 && !strcmp (TS_delete_mode, TS_insert_mode); | |
2539 | |
2540 se_is_so = (TS_standout_mode | |
2541 && TS_end_standout_mode | |
2542 && !strcmp (TS_standout_mode, TS_end_standout_mode)); | |
2543 | |
2544 UseTabs = tabs_safe_p () && TabWidth == 8; | |
2545 | |
2546 scroll_region_ok | |
2547 = (Wcm.cm_abs | |
2548 && (TS_set_window || TS_set_scroll_region || TS_set_scroll_region_1)); | |
2549 | |
2550 line_ins_del_ok = (((TS_ins_line || TS_ins_multi_lines) | |
2551 && (TS_del_line || TS_del_multi_lines)) | |
2552 || (scroll_region_ok && TS_fwd_scroll && TS_rev_scroll)); | |
2553 | |
2554 char_ins_del_ok = ((TS_ins_char || TS_insert_mode | |
2555 || TS_pad_inserted_char || TS_ins_multi_chars) | |
2556 && (TS_del_char || TS_del_multi_chars)); | |
2557 | |
2558 fast_clear_end_of_line = TS_clr_line != 0; | |
2559 | |
2560 init_baud_rate (); | |
2561 if (read_socket_hook) /* Baudrate is somewhat */ | |
2562 /* meaningless in this case */ | |
2563 baud_rate = 9600; | |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
2564 |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2565 FRAME_CAN_HAVE_SCROLL_BARS (sf) = 0; |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2566 FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (sf) = vertical_scroll_bar_none; |
21827
87c7f4bd99da
Include cm.h after dispextern.h to avoid name conflicts
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
21624
diff
changeset
|
2567 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */ |
52265
84e49afb2178
(term_init): Use a buffer of size 4096 for tgetent since
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51212
diff
changeset
|
2568 |
84e49afb2178
(term_init): Use a buffer of size 4096 for tgetent since
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51212
diff
changeset
|
2569 xfree (buffer); |
253 | 2570 } |
2571 | |
2572 /* VARARGS 1 */ | |
21514 | 2573 void |
253 | 2574 fatal (str, arg1, arg2) |
621 | 2575 char *str, *arg1, *arg2; |
253 | 2576 { |
2577 fprintf (stderr, "emacs: "); | |
2578 fprintf (stderr, str, arg1, arg2); | |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2579 fprintf (stderr, "\n"); |
253 | 2580 fflush (stderr); |
2581 exit (1); | |
2582 } | |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2583 |
21514 | 2584 void |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2585 syms_of_term () |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2586 { |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39914
diff
changeset
|
2587 DEFVAR_BOOL ("system-uses-terminfo", &system_uses_terminfo, |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39914
diff
changeset
|
2588 doc: /* Non-nil means the system uses terminfo rather than termcap. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
2589 This variable can be used by terminal emulator packages. */); |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2590 #ifdef TERMINFO |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2591 system_uses_terminfo = 1; |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2592 #else |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2593 system_uses_terminfo = 0; |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2594 #endif |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
2595 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39914
diff
changeset
|
2596 DEFVAR_LISP ("ring-bell-function", &Vring_bell_function, |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39914
diff
changeset
|
2597 doc: /* Non-nil means call this function to ring the bell. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
2598 The function should accept no arguments. */); |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
2599 Vring_bell_function = Qnil; |
25002 | 2600 |
2601 defsubr (&Stty_display_color_p); | |
42954
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2602 defsubr (&Stty_display_color_cells); |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2603 } |
25002 | 2604 |
52401 | 2605 /* arch-tag: 498e7449-6f2e-45e2-91dd-b7d4ca488193 |
2606 (do not change this comment) */ |